WO2021052473A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021052473A1 WO2021052473A1 PCT/CN2020/116251 CN2020116251W WO2021052473A1 WO 2021052473 A1 WO2021052473 A1 WO 2021052473A1 CN 2020116251 W CN2020116251 W CN 2020116251W WO 2021052473 A1 WO2021052473 A1 WO 2021052473A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- information
- target
- measurement signal
- measurement report
- interference
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 217
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 210
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 113
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 468
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 59
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 53
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 47
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 abstract description 96
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 abstract description 22
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 116
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 30
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 7
- 101100113998 Mus musculus Cnbd2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003863 physical function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/70—Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
- H04W72/541—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using the level of interference
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
- H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
- the device-to-device (D2D) technology is a direct connection technology for terminal devices.
- D2D communication is allowed to reuse the uplink resources of cellular communication, but this method cannot utilize the full bandwidth or must wait for uplink subframe scheduling before performing D2D transmission, resulting in low spectrum utilization.
- D2D users and cellular users performing resource multiplexing respectively use beamforming technology according to their respective measured channel qualities, beams of D2D communication and beams transmitted by cellular users inevitably cause interference with each other.
- the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are beneficial to reducing or avoiding the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication while improving the utilization rate of the spectrum.
- a communication method includes: a network device determines a first target beam, the first target beam is a beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is The time-frequency resource used during transmission between the network device and the third device; the network device sends first beam indication information to the first device, and the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
- the first device is the originator of D2D communication
- the second device is the receiver of D2D communication
- the third device communicates with the network device through a cellular network, which can be a terminal device, or a chip in a terminal device, or a terminal Circuits or circuit modules in equipment, etc.
- the target transmission resource may be a time-frequency resource used for uplink communication, or may be a time-frequency resource used for downlink communication.
- the communication method provided in this application allows D2D communication and cellular communication to reuse time-frequency resources of cellular communication on the one hand, and on the other hand, the D2D communication beam can be configured by the network device. In this way, the spectrum utilization rate can be improved, and the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication can be reduced or even avoided.
- the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than the first threshold, or the interference of the first target beam to the network device is lower than the second threshold. Limit.
- the interference of the first target beam to the third device being lower than the first threshold value means that the beam quality of the first target beam measured by the third device is lower than the first threshold value, which is also referred to as: The beam interference of the first target beam is lower than the first threshold value.
- the beam quality of the first target beam is better. For example, the higher the power of the beam, the higher the power of the first target beam.
- one or more of beam quality or beam interference can be characterized by the power of the beam, for example, it can be characterized by a reference signal, such as a beam reference signal or the received power of a beamformed channel state information reference signal To characterize, for example, the average value of the signal power received on all resource elements REs in the symbol carrying the reference signal.
- a reference signal such as a beam reference signal or the received power of a beamformed channel state information reference signal
- One or more of beam quality or beam interference may also be characterized in other ways, such as some methods in the prior art, which are not limited here.
- the method further includes: the network device determines a second target beam, where the second target beam is the beam used by the network device when transmitting to the third device on the target transmission resource Or, the second target beam is a beam used by the third device when sending to the network device on the target transmission resource.
- D2D communication and cellular communication can reuse both the uplink time-frequency resources of cellular communication and the downlink frequency resources of cellular communication, and the spectrum utilization rate is relatively high.
- the network device determines the beam used for cellular communication (the scenario of multiplexing downlink time-frequency resources), or the network device configures the beam used for cellular communication to the third device (the scenario of multiplexing uplink time-frequency resources), It is beneficial to reduce or even avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- the method may further include: the network device sends second beam indication information to the third device, where the second beam indication information is used to indicate the second target beam.
- the network device also needs to notify the third device of the second target beam used for cellular communication, so that the third device uses the second target beam to perform uplink Communication.
- the method before the network device determines the first target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report to determine the first target beam. Target beam.
- the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device
- the second beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the network device determining the first target beam includes: the network device determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
- the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information
- the second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information.
- the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information indicated
- the unusable beams belong to the non-interfering beams indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- an available beam may refer to a beam whose beam quality is greater than a preset threshold value
- an unavailable beam may refer to a beam whose beam quality is not greater than (ie, less than or equal to) the preset threshold value
- an interference beam may refer to a beam whose beam interference is greater than a preset threshold value
- a non-interfering beam may refer to a beam whose beam interference is not greater than the preset threshold value.
- the network device can schedule the first device to reuse downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication.
- the second device and the third device can respectively measure the measurement signal sent by the first device and respectively report the beam measurement report.
- the network device can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of D2D communication and the interference beam and/or communication
- the non-interfering beam is used to configure the beam that is ultimately used for D2D communication (that is, the first target beam) for the second device. This can improve spectrum utilization on the one hand, and reduce or avoid interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communications on the other hand.
- the method before the network device receives the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report, the method further includes: the network device sends the first indication information to the first device, And send second indication information to the second device and the third device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal
- the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device and the third device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the first device may send the first measurement signal based on the first indication information.
- the second device and the third device may measure the first measurement signal based on the second indication information, so that the second device may obtain the first beam measurement report, and the third device may obtain the second beam measurement report.
- the method before the network device determines the second target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report to determine the second target beam. Target beam.
- the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the network device
- the fourth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the network device.
- the network device determining the second target beam includes: the network device determining the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
- the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information
- the fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interfering beam information.
- the second target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information indicated
- the unusable beams belong to the non-interfering beams indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- the network device can schedule the first device to reuse downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the second device and the third device can respectively measure the measurement signals sent by the network device and report the beam measurement report respectively.
- the network device can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interference beams and/or interference beams of D2D communication.
- the non-interfering beam determines the beam that is finally used for cellular communication (that is, the second target beam). On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- the method before the network device determines the first target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the first beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the first target beam , Where the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device, and the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
- the network device determining the first target beam includes: the network device determining the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the location information of the third device.
- the network device can learn the position of the third device relative to the second device according to the first positioning information and the location information of the third device, so that the first target beam can be determined in combination with the first beam measurement report.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the third device.
- the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated in the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the third device.
- the network device can schedule the first device to reuse the downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication.
- the second device measures the measurement signal sent by the first device, reports a beam measurement report, and reports its location information.
- the network device may configure a beam (that is, the first target beam) that is ultimately used for D2D communication for the second device based on the beam measurement report reported by the second device, the location information of the second device, and the location information of the third device.
- the method before the network device receives the first beam measurement report, the method further includes: the network device sends the first indication information to the first device, and sends the second device to the second device. 2. Instruction information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal
- the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the method before the network device determines the second target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the third beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the second target beam , Where the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the network device, and the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
- the network device determining the second target beam includes: the network device determining the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the location information of the third device.
- the network device can learn the position of the third device relative to the second device according to the first positioning information and the position information of the third device, so that the second target beam can be determined in combination with the third beam measurement report.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the second device.
- the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the second device.
- the first device can multiplex the downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication to transmit to the second device.
- the third device can measure the measurement signal sent by the network device and report the beam measurement report.
- the network device can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication, the location information of the second device, and the location information of the third device, Determine the second target beam. On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- the method before the network device determines the first target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the first beam measurement report to determine the first target beam, where the first target beam The beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the network device determining the first target beam includes: the network device determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the measurement result obtained by the network device by measuring the first measurement signal.
- the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information
- the measurement result obtained by the network device by measuring the first measurement signal includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information.
- the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information indicated
- the unusable beams belong to the non-interfering beams indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- the network device can schedule the first device to reuse the downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication.
- the network device may be based on the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information obtained by the second device measuring the measurement signal sent by the first device, and the interference beam or the interference beam obtained by the network device measuring the measurement signal sent by the first device. For non-interference beams, configure the first target beam to the second device. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
- the method before the network device receives the first beam measurement report, the method further includes: the network device sends the first indication information to the first device, and sends the second device to the second device. Instructions.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal
- the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the method before the network device determines the second target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives a fifth beam measurement report sent by the second device to determine the second target beam , The fifth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the third measurement signal sent by the third device.
- the network device determines the second target beam, including: the network device determines the available beam information according to the fifth beam measurement report and the network device by measuring the third measurement signal and / Or unavailable beam information, determine the second target beam.
- the network device can schedule the first device to reuse the uplink time-frequency resources of cellular communication.
- the second device and the network device can respectively measure the measurement signal sent by the third device.
- the network device can determine the second device based on the available or/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interfering beams and/or non-interfering beams of D2D communication. Target beam. On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- a communication method including: a second device receives a second measurement signal sent by a network device; the second device determines a fourth beam measurement report by measuring the second measurement signal; Send the fourth beam measurement report, so that the first device sends the fourth measurement report to the network device.
- the first device can send the fourth measurement report sent by the second device to the network device.
- a communication method including: a first device receives a fourth beam measurement report sent by a second device; and the first device sends a fourth beam measurement report to a network device.
- the first device can send the fourth measurement report sent by the second device to the network device.
- a communication method including: a first device receiving first beam indication information sent by a network device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate a first target beam, and the first target beam is a first target beam.
- the method may further include: the first device sends a signal to the third device through the first target beam.
- the D2D communication beam can be configured by the network device. In this way, it can not only improve the frequency spectrum utilization, but also help to reduce or even avoid the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication.
- the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than a first threshold, or the first target beam affects the network The interference of the device is lower than the second threshold value.
- the method before the first device receives the first beam indication information sent by the network device, the method further includes: the first device receiving the first beam indication information sent by the network device The first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the first measurement signal; the first device sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
- the second device and the third device can obtain beam measurement reports separately by measuring the first measurement signal, and the second device and the third device can report the beam measurement report to the network device, and the network device can measure the beam according to the beam measurement report. Report, the first target beam can be determined.
- a communication device which includes various modules or units for executing the method in the first aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
- the communication device includes: a processing unit and a transceiving unit.
- the processing unit is used to determine the first target beam, the first target beam is the beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is the beam used for transmission between the communication device and the third device Time-frequency resources.
- the transceiver unit is configured to send first beam indication information to the first device, and the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
- a communication device including a processor.
- the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the foregoing first aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
- the communication device further includes a memory.
- the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
- the communication device is a network device.
- the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
- the communication device is a chip configured in a network device.
- the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
- the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
- the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
- a communication device which includes various modules or units for executing the methods provided in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect.
- the communication device includes: a transceiver unit.
- the transceiver unit is used to receive the second measurement signal sent by the network device; determine the fourth beam measurement report by measuring the second measurement signal; send the fourth beam measurement report to the first device so that the first The device sends the fourth measurement report to the network device.
- the transceiver unit is configured to receive the fourth beam measurement report sent by the second device; and send the fourth beam measurement report to the network device.
- the transceiver unit is configured to receive first beam indication information sent by a network device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate a first target beam, and the first target beam is the target beam of the communication device.
- a beam used when transmitting to the second device on the transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used when transmitting between the network device and the third device.
- a communication device including a processor.
- the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method provided in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect.
- the communication device further includes a memory.
- the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
- the communication device is a terminal device.
- the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
- the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device.
- the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
- the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
- the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
- a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
- the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit, and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fourth aspect. The method in the way.
- the above-mentioned processor can be one or more chips
- the input circuit can be an input pin
- the output circuit can be an output pin
- the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits, etc.
- the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
- the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
- the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
- a processing device including a processor and a memory.
- the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to implement any one of the first to fourth aspects and any one of the first to fourth aspects. In the method.
- processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
- the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
- the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
- ROM read only memory
- sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor
- receiving instruction information may be a process of receiving instruction information by the processor.
- the data output by the processor can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can come from the receiver.
- the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
- the processing device in the above tenth aspect may be one or more chips.
- the processor in the processing device can be implemented by hardware or software.
- the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
- a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first aspect to the The fourth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to fourth aspects.
- a computer program also called code, or instruction
- a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect to The fourth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to fourth aspects.
- a computer program also called code, or instruction
- a communication system including the aforementioned network device, the first device, the second device, and the third device.
- Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to this application
- Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
- Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
- Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
- Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
- Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
- Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
- Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
- Fig. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided by this application.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device provided by the present application.
- LTE long term evolution
- FDD frequency division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
- WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
- 5G future 5th generation
- NR new wireless
- the first device, the second device, and the third device in the embodiments of the present application may be terminal devices, may also be chips configured in the terminal device, or may be circuits or circuit modules in the terminal device.
- Terminal equipment can refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or User device.
- the terminal equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, roadside units, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or the public land mobile network that will evolve in the future (public land mobile network,
- the terminal equipment in the PLMN is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiving function, may also be a chip configured in the device, or may be a circuit or a circuit module in the device.
- This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP), or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR ,
- the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
- the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU for short).
- CU implements some functions of gNB
- DU implements some functions of gNB.
- CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) The function of the layer.
- RRC radio resource control
- PDCP packet data convergence protocol
- the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
- RLC radio link control
- MAC medium access control
- PHY physical layer
- the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
- the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
- This application can be applied to a variety of application scenarios, such as D2D, Relay, Mesh, Integrated Access & Backhaul (IAB), Vehicle to Everything (V2X), UE collaboration, high-frequency transmission, industrial scenarios, robot collaboration, Internet of Things and other scenarios.
- application scenarios such as D2D, Relay, Mesh, Integrated Access & Backhaul (IAB), Vehicle to Everything (V2X), UE collaboration, high-frequency transmission, industrial scenarios, robot collaboration, Internet of Things and other scenarios.
- the application will be introduced below by taking the first device, the second device, and the third device as the UE, and the network device as the base station as examples.
- the UE can be replaced with other forms of terminal equipment (or chips or circuits in the terminal equipment), such as vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, etc.
- the base station can also be replaced with other forms of network equipment, such as Chip or circuit in gNB, eNodeB, eNodeB, etc.
- Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to this application.
- the communication system includes at least one base station (e.g., base station 110) and multiple UEs (e.g., UE120, UE130, and UE140).
- the multiple UEs include at least two UEs that can be used for D2D communication (e.g., UE120 and UE130) and at least one UE that can be used for cellular communications (e.g., UE140).
- D2D communication refers to direct communication between two UEs through a sidelink or PC5 port.
- a UE performing D2D communication is hereinafter referred to as a D2D UE, where the D2D UE as the transmitting end is the first device, hereinafter referred to as the D2D originating UE, and the D2D UE as the receiving end is the second device, hereinafter referred to as the D2D receiving UE.
- the D2D UE may also have a cellular communication function. If there is a communication requirement with the base station, the D2D UE may also perform cellular communication.
- Cellular communication refers to the communication between the UE and the base station through downlink (downlink) or uplink (uplink).
- the UE performing cellular communication is a third device, which is referred to herein as a cellular UE, and the cellular UE has the function of performing cellular downlink or uplink communication with the base station.
- the cellular UE may also have a D2D communication function. If there is a communication requirement with other D2D UEs, the cellular UE may also perform D2D communication with other D2D UEs.
- the D2D originating UE multiplexes the uplink resources of cellular communication and transmits to the D2D receiving UE, it can only use the frequency division duplex (FDD) system uplink or the time division duplex (TDD) uplink
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD time division duplex
- the base station cannot obtain the channel state information between the D2D UEs, and can only obtain the channel state information between the D2D UEs.
- the D2D UE and the cellular UE that perform resource multiplexing respectively use beamforming technology according to their respective measured channel qualities.
- the D2D communication beam and the cellular communication beam inevitably cause interference with each other.
- this application provides a communication method that not only allows D2D communication and cellular communication to reuse cellular communication uplink resources, but also allows D2D communication and cellular communication to reuse cellular communication downlink resources.
- it can be
- the base station configures the beam for D2D communication. In this way, the spectrum utilization rate can be improved, and the interference of the D2D communication to the cellular communication and/or the interference of the cellular communication to the D2D communication can be reduced or even avoided.
- the base station can configure beams that can be used for D2D communication and will not cause interference to cellular UEs to the D2D originating UE, so that when the D2D originating UE uses the beam configured by the base station to transmit, it can ensure the reception success rate of the D2D receiving UE. It can also avoid causing interference to cellular UEs.
- a beam can be understood as a spatial resource, or can refer to a transmission or reception precoding vector with energy transmission directivity, and the transmission or reception precoding vector can be identified by index information.
- the energy transmission directivity may refer to a signal that has been pre-encoded by the pre-encoding vector within a certain spatial position and has better received power, such as meeting the signal-to-noise ratio of receiving demodulation, etc.; the energy transmission Directivity can also mean that the same signal sent from different spatial locations received through the precoding vector has different received power.
- the same communication device may have different precoding vectors, and different devices may also have different precoding vectors, that is, corresponding to different beams.
- a communication device can use one or more of multiple different precoding vectors at the same time, that is, one or more beams can be formed at the same time.
- the same beam can mean that the information of the beam is the same, or it can mean that the beam has the same spatial resources.
- the same beam can also cover resources with a quasi co-location (QCL) relationship or a spatial reference relationship.
- QCL quasi co-location
- the information of the beam can be identified by index information.
- the index information may correspond to the resource identity (ID) of the configuration terminal device (such as user equipment UE), for example, the index information may correspond to the configured channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, The ID or resource of the CSI-RS may also correspond to the ID or resource of the configured uplink sounding reference signal (SRS).
- the index information may be index information that is displayed or implicitly carried by a signal or channel carried by a beam.
- the index information may be a synchronization signal sent by a beam or a broadcast channel indicating the index of the beam. information. How the specific beam information is indicated is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
- Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 includes S210 and S220. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail.
- the base station determines the first target beam.
- the first target beam is a beam used when the D2D originating UE transmits to the D2D receiving UE on the target transmission resource
- the target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used during transmission between the base station and the cellular UE. That is, the first target beam is the beam configured by the base station for the D2D originating UE when the D2D originating UE multiplexes the time-frequency resources of cellular communication for D2D communication.
- the target transmission resource may be an uplink time-frequency resource (abbreviated as: uplink resource), or a downlink time-frequency resource (abbreviated as: downlink resource).
- D2D communication can use the uplink resources of cellular communication, that is, the time-frequency resources used when the cellular UE transmits to the base station; D2D communication can also use the downlink resources of cellular communication, that is, the time when the base station transmits to the cellular UE. Frequency resources.
- one or more of the downlink subframes/slots/symbols used in the time division duplex transmission mode and the downlink frequency domain resources used in the frequency division duplex transmission mode may be collectively referred to as downlink resources.
- one or more of the uplink subframes/slots/symbols used in time division duplex transmission and the uplink frequency domain resources used in frequency division duplex transmission can be collectively referred to as uplink resources.
- the base station sends first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
- the first target beam includes one or more beams.
- the D2D originating UE receives the first beam indication information, and can determine the first target beam according to the first beam indication information. After that, the D2D originating UE can use the first target beam on the target transmission resource to transmit to the D2D receiving UE.
- the communication method provided by the present application not only allows D2D communication to reuse cellular communication uplink resources, but also allows D2D communication to reuse cellular communication downlink resources.
- the base station can configure D2D communication beams. In this way, the spectrum utilization rate can be improved, and the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication can be reduced or even avoided.
- FIG. 2 The method shown in FIG. 2 will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 3 to FIG. 8.
- Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the D2D originating UE sends a measurement signal
- the D2D receiving UE can obtain the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information of the D2D communication by measuring the measurement signal, and the obtained beam
- the information is reported to the base station.
- the cellular UE can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to the base station.
- the base station may determine the first target beam according to the beam information reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
- FIG. 4 is an exemplary flow chart of the communication method 300 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 4 will be described below.
- the base station configures a downlink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for the cellular UE, and schedules the D2D originating UE to perform D2D transmission on the downlink resource.
- a downlink resource that is, an example of a target transmission resource
- the base station may send the first configuration information to the cellular UE, and send the second configuration information to the D2D originating UE.
- the cellular UE receives the first configuration information
- the D2D originating UE receives the second configuration information.
- the first configuration information is used to configure the downlink resource for the cellular UE
- the second configuration information is used to configure the downlink resource for the D2D originating UE.
- the base station can configure the transmission resource of the measurement signal, the detection resource of the measurement signal, the report resource of the beam measurement report, and the report parameter. See S302 to S304 for details. It should be understood that this application does not limit the configuration of measurement signal transmission resources, measurement signal detection resources, beam measurement report reporting resources, and the order of reporting parameters, nor does it limit the configuration of the same type of parameters (for example, measurement signal detection resources)
- the configuration sequence of the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE can be achieved through one message, or more than one message.
- the base station configures the transmission resource of the first measurement signal to the D2D originating UE.
- the base station may send the first indication information to the D2D originating UE, and the first indication information may indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement.
- the measurement signal in this application may be a beam reference signal (BRS) or a beamformed channel state
- BRS beam reference signal
- the information reference signal channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- the first indication information may indicate multiple measurement signal resources.
- the first indication information may be multiple CSI-RS resource indicators (CSI-RS resource indicators, CRIs), and each CRI may indicate one CSI-RS resource.
- the D2D originating UE sending the first measurement signal actually means that the D2D originating UE sends the measurement signal according to the multiple measurement signal resources.
- a measurement signal resource may be regarded as a beam, and the information used to indicate the measurement signal resource (such as the index of the measurement signal resource) may also be regarded as the information of the beam represented by the measurement signal resource.
- the information used to indicate the measurement signal resource may also have a corresponding relationship with the information of the beam represented by the measurement signal resource, such as a synchronization signal block index (SSB index).
- SSB index synchronization signal block index
- the synchronization signal block may include a primary synchronization signal, a secondary synchronization signal and a physical broadcast channel.
- the base station configures the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
- the base station configures the detection resources of the first measurement signal
- the base station may send second indication information to the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE, the second indication information indicates the detection resource of the first measurement signal, and the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used for the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE pair
- the D2D originator UE sends the first measurement signal for measurement.
- the second indication information is the same as the first indication information.
- the first indication information is multiple CRIs
- the second indication information is also the multiple CRIs.
- the base station configures the reporting resources of the measurement report
- the base station may send the first reported resource information to the D2D receiving end UE, and send the second reported resource information to the cellular UE.
- the first reported resource information indicates the first reported resource
- the D2D receiving end UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the first measurement signal to the base station on the first reported resource.
- the second reported resource information indicates the second reported resource
- the cellular UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the first measurement signal to the base station on the second reported resource.
- any one of measurement signal transmission resources, measurement signal detection resources, and measurement report reporting resources can be used by the base station through downlink control information (DCI) and downlink data in the downlink control channel.
- DCI downlink control information
- RRC radio resource control
- MAC CE media access control control element
- the measurement signal here is a general term, which may be the first measurement signal, or the second measurement signal, the third measurement signal, etc. hereinafter.
- the downlink control channel may be, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) or other types of downlink control channels.
- the downlink data channel may be, for example, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or other types of downlink data channels.
- any one of the transmission resource of the measurement signal (such as the first measurement signal, the second measurement signal, etc.), the detection resource of the measurement signal, and the reporting resource of the measurement report can also be determined by
- the corresponding UE is determined by itself from the resource pool, and does not need to be configured by the base station.
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal may be determined by the D2D originating UE from the resource pool.
- the resource pool can be pre-configured or sent by the base station to the UE in the form of broadcast.
- the relevant information that needs to be sent by the base station to the D2D receiving end UE can be directly sent by the base station to the D2D receiving end.
- the end UE may also be first sent by the base station to the D2D originating UE, and then forwarded by the D2D originating UE to the D2D receiving UE.
- relevant information that needs to be sent by the D2D receiving UE to the base station such as the beam measurement report sent by the D2D receiving UE in the following text, can be directly sent to the base station by the D2D receiving UE, or it can be sent to the base station by the D2D receiving UE first.
- the D2D originating UE is then forwarded to the base station by the D2D originating UE.
- the base station may send the first reported parameter information to the D2D receiving end UE, and send the second reported parameter information to the cellular UE.
- the first reported parameter information is used by the D2D receiving end UE to determine the content that needs to be reported after measuring the first measurement signal.
- the second reported parameter information is used by the cellular UE to determine the content that needs to be reported after measuring the first measurement signal.
- the first reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam quality threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
- the beam attribute information is used to indicate whether the D2D receiving UE needs to report a beam with a better beam quality, or a beam with a poor beam quality, or both.
- the D2D receiving UE can determine whether it needs to report a beam with a better beam quality, a beam with a poor beam quality, or both.
- the beam reported by the terminal device may specifically be that the terminal device reports the CRI.
- the beam quality can be measured by one or more of the parameters such as reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP) and reference signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ).
- the beam quality threshold value may be one or more of the threshold values such as RSRP and RSRQ.
- the D2D receiving UE reports a beam whose corresponding beam quality (such as RSRP or RSRQ) is greater than the beam quality threshold, or reports a beam whose corresponding beam quality is not greater than the beam quality threshold. Or, report both of the foregoing, and specify whether each beam is specifically a beam with a beam quality greater than a beam quality threshold or a beam with a beam quality not greater than the beam quality threshold.
- the number of beams refers to the number of beams with better beam quality that need to be fed back by the D2D receiving UE, or the number of beams with poor beam quality that needs to be fed back, or the number of beams with better beam quality that needs to be fed back, and the beam quality is better.
- the number of poor beams For example, assuming that the number of beams here is N, then if the base station instructs the D2D receiving end UE to feed back beams with better beam quality, the D2D receiving end UE feeds back the N beams with the best beam quality; if the base station instructs the D2D receiving end The UE feeds back beams with poor beam quality, and the D2D receiving UE feeds back the N beams with the worst beam quality. Exemplarily, assuming that the number of beams here is (P, Q), then the D2D receiving UE feeds back P beams with the best beam quality and Q beams with the worst beam quality.
- the maximum number of beams refers to the maximum number of beams that are allowed to be fed back by the D2D receiving UE. For example, if the base station instructs the D2D receiving end UE to feed back beams with better beam quality, and the maximum number of beams is M, then the D2D receiving end UE can only feed back M beams with better beam quality at most.
- the corresponding beam quality is greater than the beam quality threshold, and the D2D receiving end UE feedbacks based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams to feedback one or more beams with the best beam quality. Called: Available beam.
- the corresponding beam quality is not greater than the beam quality threshold, and the D2D receiving UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams feedback beam quality one or more beams with the worst beam quality can be called: unavailable beam .
- the first reported parameter information may only include two of the three of the beam attribute information, the beam quality threshold, and the number of beams (or the maximum number of beams).
- the first reported parameter information may only include the beam attribute information and the number of beams (or the maximum number of beams).
- the D2D receiving UE reports the required number of beams with the largest or smallest beam quality corresponding to the instructions of the beam attribute information.
- the first reported parameter information may only include the beam attribute information and the beam quality threshold. At this time, the D2D receiving end UE reports the beam with the corresponding beam quality greater than or not greater than the beam quality threshold according to the indication of the beam attribute information. .
- the second reported parameter information is similar to the content included in the first reported parameter information.
- the second reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam interference threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
- the meaning of the beam attribute information is similar to the meaning of the beam attribute information in the first reported parameter information. For details, reference may be made to the above description.
- the beam interference threshold may be one or more of the thresholds such as RSRP and RSRQ.
- the D2D receiving UE reports a beam whose corresponding beam interference (for example, RSRP or RSRQ) is greater than the beam interference threshold, or reports a beam whose corresponding beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold. Or report both of the foregoing, and specify whether each beam is specifically a beam whose beam interference is greater than the beam interference threshold or a beam whose beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold.
- the beam interference threshold may be equal to or different from the wave speed quality threshold, which is not limited in this application.
- the meaning of the number of beams is similar to the meaning of the number of beams in the first reported parameter information. For details, reference may be made to the above description. The meaning of the maximum number of beams is also similar, and you can refer to the above description.
- the corresponding beam interference is greater than the beam interference threshold, and the one or more beams with the largest beam interference fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be called: interference beams .
- the corresponding beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold, and the one or more beams with the smallest beam interference fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be referred to as non-interference beams.
- the base station, D2D receiving end UE, and cellular UE may also pre-arrange the content of the reported parameter information (for example, the first reported parameter information, the second reported parameter information, the third reported parameter information below, etc.) One or more of.
- the base station may agree on the beam quality threshold with the D2D receiving end UE, and pre-appoint the beam interference threshold with the cellular UE.
- the base station may pre-appoint the number of beams or the maximum number of beams with the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
- report parameter information for example, report parameter information #1, report parameter information #2, report parameter information #3 below, etc.
- CSI-RS signal state information reference signal
- the reporting settings can also be sent in other ways, such as sending through RRC signaling, which is not limited in this application.
- the content of the reported parameter information may also be notified separately through multiple pieces of signaling.
- the beam attribute information in the first reported parameter information may be carried by the CSI-RS report configuration, and the beam quality threshold may be carried by RRC signaling, and vice versa, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal
- the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE measure the first measurement signal and report a beam measurement report.
- the base station can determine the first target beam according to the beam measurement reports reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE. See S304 to S306 for details.
- the D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE measure the first measurement signal on the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving UE measures the first measurement signal, and based on the first reported parameter information, can determine the first beam measurement report.
- the cellular UE can determine the second beam measurement report based on the second reported parameter information by measuring the first measurement signal.
- the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information.
- the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and unavailable beam information, or may include only one of available beam information and unavailable beam information.
- the available beam information is used to indicate an available beam
- the unavailable beam information is used to indicate an unavailable beam.
- the second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the interference beam information is used to indicate the interference beam
- the non-interference beam is used to indicate the non-interference beam.
- the D2D receiving end UE sends a first beam measurement report to the base station, and the cellular UE sends a second beam measurement report to the base station.
- the base station determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
- the first target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
- the first target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
- the first target beam selected by the base station can be used for D2D communication without causing interference to cellular communication.
- the first target beam selected by the base station can be used for D2D communication and the interference to the cellular UE is lower than the first threshold.
- the base station sends the first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE.
- the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam
- the first target beam may include one or more beams.
- the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE can respectively measure the measurement signals sent by the D2D originating UE and report beam measurement reports respectively.
- the base station can be based on the available or unavailable beams of D2D communication and the interfering beams or non-interfering beams of cellular communication,
- the D2D originating UE is configured with a beam that is finally used for D2D communication (ie, the first target beam). This can improve spectrum utilization on the one hand, and reduce or avoid interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communications on the other hand.
- Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the D2D originating UE sends a measurement signal
- the D2D receiving UE can obtain the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information of the D2D communication by measuring the measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving UE can determine its own location information by measuring the positioning reference signal sent by the D2D sending UE or the base station.
- the D2D receiving end UE reports available beam information and/or unavailable beam information and its own location information to the base station.
- the base station can report the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information reported by the D2D receiving end UE and the location information of the D2D receiving end UE.
- the location information of the cellular UE to determine the first target beam.
- FIG. 6 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 6 will be described below.
- the base station configures a downlink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for a cellular UE, and schedules the D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
- a downlink resource that is, an example of a target transmission resource
- This step is the same as S301, and you can refer to the description of S301 above.
- the base station configures the transmission resource of the first measurement signal to the D2D originating UE.
- This step is the same as S302, and you can refer to the description of S302 above.
- the base station configures the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving end UE measures the first measurement signal, and determines the first beam measurement report based on the first reported parameter information.
- the first beam measurement report as described above, may include available beam information and/or unavailable beam information.
- the D2D receiving end UE sends the first beam measurement report and the first positioning information to the base station.
- the first positioning information is the location information of the D2D receiving end UE.
- the D2D receiving UE may measure the first positioning information based on the positioning reference signals (positioning reference signals, PRS) sent by the D2D sending UE or the positioning reference signals sent by the base station.
- PRS positioning reference signals
- the D2D receiving end UE measures the positioning reference signal, and how to determine the location information of the D2D receiving end UE according to the measurement result reference may be made to the prior art.
- the first positioning information may also be obtained through other positioning methods, which is not limited in this application.
- the base station determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
- the base station can learn the position of the cellular UE relative to the D2D receiving UE according to the location information of the D2D receiving UE and the location information of the cellular UE, so that the first target beam can be determined in combination with the first beam measurement report.
- the cellular UE can determine its location information by measuring the positioning reference signal sent by the base station, and can report its location information to the base station. It should be understood that the location information of the cellular UE may also be obtained by other positioning methods.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the cellular UE.
- the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the cellular UE.
- the base station sends the first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE.
- the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam
- the first target beam may include one or more beams.
- the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the D2D receiving end UE measures the measurement signal sent by the D2D originating UE and reports the beam measurement report, and determines and reports its position information by measuring the positioning reference signal.
- the base station can configure the D2D originating UE with beams that are ultimately used for D2D communication based on the beam measurement report reported by the D2D receiving UE, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
- Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the uplink resources of cellular communication.
- the D2D originating UE sends a measurement signal
- the D2D receiving UE can obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to Base station.
- the base station can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal.
- the base station may determine the first target beam according to its determined interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information and available beam information and/or unavailable beam information reported by the D2D receiving UE.
- FIG. 8 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 5 will be described below.
- the base station configures an uplink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for a cellular UE, and schedules a D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
- an uplink resource that is, an example of a target transmission resource
- This step is similar to S301 and S401, except that the base station in S301 configures downlink resources, and here the base station configures uplink resources.
- the base station configures the transmission resource of the first measurement signal to the D2D originating UE.
- This step is the same as S302, and you can refer to the description of S302 above.
- the base station configures the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving end UE.
- This step is the same as S403.
- the D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving end UE sends a first beam measurement report to the base station.
- This step is similar to S305, except that the cellular UE does not need to report a measurement report to the base station.
- the base station determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information obtained by measuring the first measurement signal by itself.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam and does not belong to the interference beam.
- the first target beam belongs to an available beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
- the first target beam does not belong to an unusable beam and does not belong to an interference beam.
- the first target beam does not belong to an unusable beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
- the first target beam selected by the base station can be used for D2D communication, and the first target beam will not cause interference to the reception of the base station or the interference of the first target beam to the base station is lower than that of the second target beam. Threshold value.
- first threshold here and the second threshold described above may be equal or different.
- the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information obtained by the base station is similar to the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information obtained by the cellular UE measuring the first measurement reference signal described above, and will not be described in detail here.
- the base station sends the first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE.
- the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam
- the first target beam may include one or more beams.
- the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the uplink resources of the cellular communication.
- the base station may be based on the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information obtained by the D2D receiving UE measuring the measurement signal sent by the D2D sending UE, and the interference beam or non-interference beam obtained by the base station measuring the measurement signal sent by the D2D sending UE.
- the D2D originating UE is configured with beams that are ultimately used for D2D communication. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
- Fig. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method 600 includes S610 and S620. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail.
- S610 The base station determines the second target beam.
- the second target beam is a beam used by the cellular UE during transmission between the cellular UE and the base station on the target transmission resource, and the second target beam may include one or more beams.
- the target transmission resource is the time-frequency resource used for transmission between the base station and the cellular UE.
- the second target beam is a beam used by the base station when transmitting to the cellular UE on the target transmission resource.
- the target transmission resource is an uplink resource, that is, when D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the uplink time-frequency resource of cellular communication
- the second target beam is the beam used by the cellular UE when transmitting to the base station on the target transmission resource.
- the method may further include S620.
- the base station sends second beam indication information to the cellular UE.
- the second beam indication information is used to indicate the second target beam.
- the cellular UE receives the second beam indication information, and the cellular UE can determine the second target beam according to the second beam indication information, so that the second target beam can be used for reception.
- D2D communication can reuse both the uplink resources of cellular communication and the downlink resources of cellular communication, and the spectrum utilization rate is relatively high.
- the base station determines the beam used for cellular communication (the scenario of multiplexing downlink resources), or the base station configures the beam used for cellular communication (the scenario of multiplexing uplink resources) to the cellular UE, which is beneficial to reduce or even avoid cellular Interference caused by communication to D2D communication.
- Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the base station sends a measurement signal
- the cellular UE can obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information for cellular communication by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to the base station .
- the D2D receiving end UE can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to the base station.
- the base station may determine the second target beam according to the beam information reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
- FIG. 11 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 700 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 11 will be described below.
- the base station configures a downlink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) to a cellular UE, and schedules a D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
- a downlink resource that is, an example of a target transmission resource
- This step is the same as S301, and you can refer to the description of S301 above.
- the base station can configure detection resources for measurement signals, reporting resources for beam measurement reports, and reporting parameters. See S702 to S703 for details. It should be understood that this application does not limit the detection resources of the measurement signal, the reporting resources of the beam measurement report, and the sequence of reporting parameters, nor does it limit the configuration of the same type of parameters (for example, the detection resources of the measurement signal), the D2D receiving end UE and The sequence of cellular UE configuration.
- the base station configures the detection resource of the second measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
- the base station configures the detection resources of the second measurement signal
- the base station may send third indication information to the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE, the third indication information indicates the detection resource of the second measurement signal, and the detection resource of the second measurement signal is used for the pairing of the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE.
- the second measurement signal sent by the base station is measured.
- the base station configures the reporting resources of the measurement report
- the base station may send the third reported resource information to the cellular UE, and send the fourth reported resource information to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the third reported resource information indicates the third reported resource
- the cellular UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the second measurement signal to the base station on the third reported resource.
- the fourth report resource information indicates the fourth report resource
- the D2D receiving end UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the second measurement signal to the base station on the fourth report resource.
- the base station may send the third reported parameter information to the cellular UE, and send the fourth reported parameter information to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the third reported parameter information is used by the cellular UE to determine the content that needs to be reported after measuring the second measurement signal.
- the fourth report parameter is used by the D2D receiving end UE to determine what needs to be reported after measuring the second measurement signal.
- the base station for the base station to configure the detection resource of the second measurement signal, refer to the description of the method 300 for configuring the detection resource of the first measurement signal by the base station.
- the third indication information may be multiple CRIs.
- the base station configures the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the cellular UE. You can refer to the description of the method 300 for the base station to configure the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the D2D receiving UE.
- the base station configures the report of the measurement report for the D2D receiving UE.
- resources and reporting parameters reference may be made to the description of the reporting resources and reporting parameters for the base station to configure measurement reports for the cellular UE in the method 300.
- the third reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam quality threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
- the fourth reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam interference threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams. It should be understood that in this method, for the cellular UE, the corresponding beam quality is greater than the beam quality threshold, and the one or more beams with the best beam quality fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams, Both can be called: available beams.
- the corresponding beams whose beam quality is not greater than the beam quality threshold and the one or more beams with the worst beam quality fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be referred to as unusable beams.
- the corresponding beam interference is greater than the beam interference threshold, and the D2D receiving end UE feedbacks based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams feedback the one or more beams with the largest beam interference, all can be called: Interfering beam.
- the corresponding beams whose beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold, and the one or more beams with the smallest beam interference fed back by the D2D receiving UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be called non-interfering beams.
- the base station sends the second measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE measure the second measurement signal, and report a beam measurement report.
- the base station can determine the second target beam according to the beam measurement reports reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE. See S703 to S705 for details.
- S703 The base station sends the second measurement signal on the transmission resource of the second measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE detect the second measurement signal on the detection resource of the second measurement signal.
- the cellular UE measures the second measurement signal and determines the third beam measurement report based on the third reported parameter information.
- the D2D receiving end UE measures the second measurement signal, and determines a fourth beam measurement report based on the fourth reported parameter information.
- the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information.
- the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and unavailable beam information, or may only include the third beam measurement report including one of available beam information and unavailable beam information.
- the available beam information is used to indicate an available beam
- the unavailable beam information is used to indicate an unavailable beam.
- the fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the interference beam information is used to indicate the interference beam
- the non-interference beam is used to indicate the non-interference beam.
- the cellular UE sends a third beam measurement report to the base station, and the D2D receiving end UE sends a fourth beam measurement report to the base station.
- the base station determines the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
- the second target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
- the second target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
- the second target beam selected by the base station can be used for cellular communication without causing interference to D2D communication or having less interference to D2D communication.
- the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE can measure the measurement signals sent by the base station and report the beam measurement reports respectively.
- the base station can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interfering and/or non-interfering beams of D2D communication.
- the beam determines the beam that is ultimately used for cellular communication (ie, the second target beam). On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the base station sends a measurement signal, and the cellular UE can obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information for cellular communication by measuring the measurement signal.
- the base station may determine the second target beam according to the beam information reported by the cellular UE, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
- FIG. 13 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 800 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 13 will be described below.
- the base station configures a downlink resource for the cellular UE, and schedules the D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
- This step is the same as S701.
- the base station configures the detection resource of the second measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the cellular UE.
- the base station may also send the detection resource of the positioning reference signal to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the D2D receiving UE can determine the first positioning information, that is, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, by detecting the positioning reference signal sent by the base station on the detection resource of the positioning reference signal. It should be understood that the positioning reference signal may also be sent by the D2D originating UE, which is not limited in this application.
- the base station sends a positioning reference signal, and sends a second measurement signal on the sending resource of the second measurement signal.
- the cellular UE sends a third beam measurement report to the base station, and the D2D receiving end UE reports the first positioning information to the base station.
- the base station determines the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
- the base station can learn the position of the cellular UE relative to the D2D receiving UE according to the location information of the D2D receiving UE and the location information of the cellular UE, so that the second target beam can be determined in combination with the third beam measurement report.
- the cellular UE can determine its location information by measuring the positioning reference signal sent by the base station.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the D2D receiving UE.
- the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication.
- the cellular UE can measure the measurement signal sent by the base station and report the beam measurement report.
- the base station can determine the final use based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
- the beam for cellular communication can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the uplink resources of cellular communication.
- the cellular UE sends a measurement signal
- the D2D receiving UE can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal
- the base station can measure the measurement signal sent by the cellular UE. Measure to obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information for cellular communication.
- the base station may determine the second target beam based on the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information and the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- FIG. 15 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 900 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 15 will be described below.
- the base station configures an uplink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for a cellular UE, and schedules a D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
- an uplink resource that is, an example of a target transmission resource
- This step is the same as S501, please refer to S501.
- the base station configures the transmission resource of the third measurement signal to the cellular UE.
- the base station may send fourth indication information to the cellular UE, and the fourth indication information may indicate the transmission resource of the third measurement.
- the configuration of the transmission resource of the third measurement signal is similar to the configuration of the transmission resource of the first measurement signal in the method 300.
- the fourth indication information may be multiple CRIs, which will not be described in detail here.
- the base station configures the detection resource of the third measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the base station configures the detection resources of the third measurement signal.
- the base station may send fifth indication information to the D2D receiving end UE.
- the fifth indication information indicates the detection resource of the third measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the third measurement signal is used for the third measurement signal sent by the D2D receiving end UE to the cellular UE. Measure the signal for detection.
- the base station configures the reporting resources of the measurement report
- the base station may send fifth reported resource information to the D2D receiving end UE, the fifth reported resource information indicates the fifth reported resource, and the D2D receiving end UE may measure the third measurement signal to the base station on the fifth reported resource. Beam measurement report.
- the base station may send fifth report parameter information to the D2D receiving end UE, and the fifth report parameter is used for the D2D receiving end UE to determine what needs to be reported after measuring the third measurement signal.
- the base station for the base station to configure the detection resource of the third measurement signal, refer to the description of the method 300 for configuring the detection resource of the first measurement signal by the base station.
- the fifth indication information may include multiple CRIs.
- the base station configures the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the D2D receiving end UE. You can refer to the description of the method 300 for the base station to configure the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the cellular UE.
- the fifth report parameter information may include the following One or more of: beam attribute information; beam interference threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
- S904 The cellular UE sends the third measurement signal on the transmission resource of the third measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving end UE measures the third measurement signal on the detection resource of the third measurement signal.
- the D2D receiving end UE measures the third measurement signal, and determines the fifth beam measurement report based on the fifth reported parameter information.
- the fifth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the interference beam information is used to indicate the interference beam
- the non-interference beam is used to indicate the non-interference beam.
- the base station determines the second target beam according to the fifth beam measurement report and the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information received by measuring the third measurement signal by itself.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam and does not belong to the interference beam.
- the second target beam belongs to an available beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
- the second target beam does not belong to an unusable beam and does not belong to an interference beam.
- the second target beam is not an unusable beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
- the base station sends second beam indication information to the cellular UE.
- the second beam indication information is used to indicate the second target beam, and the second target beam may include one or more beams.
- the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the uplink resources of the cellular communication.
- the D2D receiving end UE and the base station can respectively measure the measurement signal sent by the cellular UE.
- the base station can configure the cellular UE based on the available or/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interference beam and/or non-interference beam of D2D communication.
- the beam ultimately used for cellular communications On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1010 and a transceiving unit 1020.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the processing unit 1010 is configured to determine a first target beam, the first target beam is the beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is the one between the communication device 1000 and the third device.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is configured to send first beam indication information to the first device, and the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
- the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than the first threshold, or the interference of the first target beam to the communication device 1000 is lower than the second threshold.
- the processing unit 1010 is further configured to determine a second target beam, where the second target beam is a beam used by the communication device 1000 when transmitting to the third device on the target transmission resource, or the second target beam is the third device The beam used when transmitting to the communication device 1000 on the target transmission resource.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report to determine the first target beam.
- the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device
- the second beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
- the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information
- the second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information The indicated non-interference beam; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information
- the indicated unusable beam belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device and the third device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal
- the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device and the third device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report to determine the second target beam.
- the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the communication device 1000
- the fourth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the communication device 1000.
- the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
- the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information
- the fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information The indicated non-interference beam; or, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information
- the indicated unusable beam belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the first beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the first target beam.
- the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device, and the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
- the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the position information of the third device.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal
- the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the third beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the second target beam.
- the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the communication device 1000, and the first positioning information is the location information of the second device.
- the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the position information of the third device.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the first beam measurement report to determine the first target beam, where the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the measurement result obtained by the communication device 1000 by measuring the first measurement signal.
- the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information
- the measurement result obtained by the communication device 1000 by measuring the first measurement signal includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
- the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information The indicated non-interference beam; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information
- the indicated unusable beam belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal
- the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal
- the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal.
- the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
- the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive a fifth beam measurement report sent by the second device to determine the second target beam, and the fifth beam measurement report is the third measurement signal sent by the second device by measuring the third device definite.
- the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the second target beam according to the fifth beam measurement report and the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information determined by the communication device 1000 by measuring the third measurement signal.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the base station in the foregoing method embodiment, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the units in the communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the above-mentioned method embodiments. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the corresponding steps in the foregoing method embodiment has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
- the transceiver unit 1020 in the communication device 1000 may be an input/output interface.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the D2D originating UE in the above method embodiment.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the D2D receiving UE in the above method embodiment.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the cellular UE in the above method embodiment.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the UE in the foregoing method embodiment (such as a D2D originating UE, a D2D receiving UE, or a cellular UE), and the communication device 1000 may include a method for executing the method performed by the UE in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the unit of the method The unit of the method.
- the units in the communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are used to implement the corresponding processes in the above-mentioned method embodiments, respectively. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the corresponding steps in the foregoing method embodiment has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, it may be a schematic structural diagram of a base station. As shown in FIG. 17, the network device can implement the function of the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the network device 1100 may include one or more DU 1101 and one or more CU 1102.
- the CU1102 can communicate with the next-generation core network (NG core, NC).
- the DU 1101 may include at least one antenna 11011, at least one radio frequency unit 11012, at least one processor 11013, and at least one memory 11014.
- the DU 1101 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing.
- the CU1102 may include at least one processor 11022 and at least one memory 11021.
- CU1102 and DU1101 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plane interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plane interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
- the control plane interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C
- the user plane interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
- the CU 1102 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
- the DU 1101 and the CU 1102 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
- the CU 1102 is the control center of the base station, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete the baseband processing function.
- the CU 1102 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP, For example, the functions of one or more protocol layers in the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer are set in the DU.
- CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions
- DU implements radio link control (radio link control, RLC), MAC, and physical functions.
- the function of the (physical, PHY) layer for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP.
- RLC radio link control
- MAC medium access control
- CU implements radio resource control (radio link control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP
- the network device 1100 may include one or more radio frequency units (RU), one or more DUs, and one or more CUs.
- the DU may include at least one processor 11013 and at least one memory 11014
- the RU may include at least one antenna 11011 and at least one radio frequency unit 11012
- the CU may include at least one processor 11022 and at least one memory 11021.
- the CU1102 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, or may respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards.
- Access network such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks.
- the memory 11021 and the processor 11022 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
- the DU1101 can be composed of one or more single boards.
- Multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), and can also support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as a 5G network).
- the memory 11014 and the processor 11013 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device 1200 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the UE (such as a cellular UE, a D2D receiving UE, or a D2D sending UE) in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the terminal device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and a transceiver 1220.
- the terminal device 1200 further includes a memory 1230.
- the processor 1210, the transceiver 1220, and the memory 1230 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and/or data signals.
- the memory 1230 is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1210 is used to download from the memory 1230. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 1220 to send and receive signals.
- the terminal device 1200 may further include an antenna 1240 for transmitting uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1220 through a wireless signal.
- the foregoing processor 1210 and the memory 1230 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 1210 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 1230 to implement the foregoing functions.
- the memory 1230 may also be integrated in the processor 1210 or independent of the processor 1210.
- the processor 1210 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 16.
- the aforementioned transceiver 1220 may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 16, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit.
- the transceiver 1220 may include a receiver (or called a receiver, a receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or called a transmitter, a transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used to receive signals, and the transmitter is used to transmit signals.
- the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 18 can implement various processes involving the UE in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 1200 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the above-mentioned processor 1210 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that are implemented internally by the UE, and the transceiver 1220 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that the UE sends to or receives from the base station.
- the transceiver 1220 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that the UE sends to or receives from the base station.
- the aforementioned terminal device 1200 may further include a power supply 1250 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
- the terminal device 1200 may also include one or more of an input unit 1260, a display unit 1270, an audio circuit 1280, a camera 1290, and a sensor 1310.
- the audio circuit One or more of a speaker 1282, a microphone 1284, and the like may also be included.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the aforementioned processing device may be one or more chips.
- the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- SoC system on chip
- CPU central processor unit
- NP network processor
- DSP digital signal processing circuit
- microcontroller unit microcontroller unit
- MCU programmable logic device
- PLD programmable logic device
- each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
- the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
- the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
- the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
- the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
- the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
- the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
- RAM random access memory
- static random access memory static random access memory
- dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
- double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
- enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
- synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
- direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
- the present application also provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the function of any of the foregoing method embodiments is realized.
- This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, realizes the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
- the computer may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
- software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
- system and “network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
- network in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
- At least one of! or "at least one of" as used herein means all or any combination of the listed items, for example, “at least one of A, B and C", It can be expressed that: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B and C exist at the same time, and there are six situations of A, B and C at the same time.
- B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
- determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
- the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
- the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
- the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided are a communication method and a communication apparatus. In the scenario where an uplink time-frequency resource or a downlink time-frequency resource of cellular communication is multiplexed during D2D communication, a network device determines a beam used by a D2D sending end UE during D2D communication, and configures same for the D2D sending end UE, which facilitates reducing or preventing the interference of D2D communication with regard to cellular communication while improving the spectrum utilization rate. The present application can be applied to a plurality of application scenarios, such as D2D, relay, Mesh, IAB, a V2X, UE cooperation, high-frequency transmission, an industrial scenario, robot cooperation and the Internet of Things.
Description
本申请要求于2019年09月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910893934.5、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201910893934.5 and the application name "Communication Method and Communication Device" on September 20, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
设备到设备(device to device,D2D)技术是一种终端设备直连技术。当前,允许D2D通信复用蜂窝通信的上行资源,但这种方法不能利用全带宽或者必须等到有上行子帧调度时才进行D2D传输,导致频谱利用率较低。另外,由于进行资源复用的D2D用户和蜂窝用户根据各自测量的信道质量分别使用波束赋形(beamforming)技术,D2D通信的波束和蜂窝用户传输的波束不可避免的互相造成干扰。The device-to-device (D2D) technology is a direct connection technology for terminal devices. Currently, D2D communication is allowed to reuse the uplink resources of cellular communication, but this method cannot utilize the full bandwidth or must wait for uplink subframe scheduling before performing D2D transmission, resulting in low spectrum utilization. In addition, since D2D users and cellular users performing resource multiplexing respectively use beamforming technology according to their respective measured channel qualities, beams of D2D communication and beams transmitted by cellular users inevitably cause interference with each other.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,在提高频谱利用率的同时,有利于减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信干扰。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are beneficial to reducing or avoiding the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication while improving the utilization rate of the spectrum.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:网络设备确定第一目标波束,第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,目标传输资源为网络设备与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源;网络设备向第一设备发送第一波束指示信息,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, the method includes: a network device determines a first target beam, the first target beam is a beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is The time-frequency resource used during transmission between the network device and the third device; the network device sends first beam indication information to the first device, and the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
本申请中,第一设备为D2D通信的发端,第二设备为D2D通信的收端;第三设备与网络设备通过蜂窝网络进行通信,其可以是终端设备,或者终端设备中的芯片,或者终端设备中的电路或电路模块等。In this application, the first device is the originator of D2D communication, and the second device is the receiver of D2D communication; the third device communicates with the network device through a cellular network, which can be a terminal device, or a chip in a terminal device, or a terminal Circuits or circuit modules in equipment, etc.
所述目标传输资源可以是用于上行通信的时频资源,也可以是用于下行通信的时频资源。The target transmission resource may be a time-frequency resource used for uplink communication, or may be a time-frequency resource used for downlink communication.
本申请提供的通信方法,一方面允许D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的时频资源,另一方面,可以由网络设备配置D2D通信的波束。这样,既能提高频谱利用率,又有利于较小甚至避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信的干扰。The communication method provided in this application allows D2D communication and cellular communication to reuse time-frequency resources of cellular communication on the one hand, and on the other hand, the D2D communication beam can be configured by the network device. In this way, the spectrum utilization rate can be improved, and the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication can be reduced or even avoided.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一目标波束对第三设备的干扰低于第一门限值,或者,第一目标波束对网络设备的干扰低于第二门限值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than the first threshold, or the interference of the first target beam to the network device is lower than the second threshold. Limit.
第一目标波束对第三设备的干扰低于第一门限值是指,第三设备测量到的第一目标波束的波束质量低于第一门限值,也称为,第三设备测量到的第一目标波束的波束干扰低于第一门限值。在本申请中,由于第一目标波束针对第三设备而言,是对第三设备的干扰, 因而第一目标波束的波束质量越好,比如,波束的功率越大,则第一目标波束的波束干扰越大,对第三设备的干扰越大;第一目标波束的波束质量越差,比如,波束的功率越小,则第一目标波束的波束干扰越小,对第三设备的干扰越小。在本申请中,波束质量或波束干扰中的一项或多项都可以通过波束的功率来表征,比如,可以通过参考信号,比如波束参考信号或波束赋形的信道状态信息参考信号的接收功率来表征,比如承载参考信号的符号内的所有资源元素RE上接收到的信号功率的平均值来表征。波束质量或波束干扰中的一项或多项也可以通过其他方式来表征,比如现有技术中的一些方式,在此不予限定。The interference of the first target beam to the third device being lower than the first threshold value means that the beam quality of the first target beam measured by the third device is lower than the first threshold value, which is also referred to as: The beam interference of the first target beam is lower than the first threshold value. In this application, since the first target beam interferes with the third device for the third device, the beam quality of the first target beam is better. For example, the higher the power of the beam, the higher the power of the first target beam. The greater the beam interference, the greater the interference to the third device; the worse the beam quality of the first target beam, for example, the smaller the beam power, the smaller the beam interference of the first target beam, and the greater the interference to the third device small. In this application, one or more of beam quality or beam interference can be characterized by the power of the beam, for example, it can be characterized by a reference signal, such as a beam reference signal or the received power of a beamformed channel state information reference signal To characterize, for example, the average value of the signal power received on all resource elements REs in the symbol carrying the reference signal. One or more of beam quality or beam interference may also be characterized in other ways, such as some methods in the prior art, which are not limited here.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:网络设备确定第二目标波束,第二目标波束为网络设备在目标传输资源上向第三设备发送时使用的波束,或者,第二目标波束为第三设备在目标传输资源上向网络设备发送时使用的波束。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the network device determines a second target beam, where the second target beam is the beam used by the network device when transmitting to the third device on the target transmission resource Or, the second target beam is a beam used by the third device when sending to the network device on the target transmission resource.
基于该方案,一方面,D2D通信和蜂窝通信既可以复用蜂窝通信的上行时频资源,也可以复用蜂窝通信的下行是频资源,频谱利用率较高。另一方面,通过由网络设备确定蜂窝通信使用的波束(复用下行时频资源的场景),或者由网络设备向第三设备配置蜂窝通信使用的波束(复用上行时频资源的场景),有利于减小甚至避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。Based on this scheme, on the one hand, D2D communication and cellular communication can reuse both the uplink time-frequency resources of cellular communication and the downlink frequency resources of cellular communication, and the spectrum utilization rate is relatively high. On the other hand, the network device determines the beam used for cellular communication (the scenario of multiplexing downlink time-frequency resources), or the network device configures the beam used for cellular communication to the third device (the scenario of multiplexing uplink time-frequency resources), It is beneficial to reduce or even avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
可选地,该方法还可以包括:网络设备向第三设备发送第二波束指示信息,第二波束指示信息用于指示第二目标波束。Optionally, the method may further include: the network device sends second beam indication information to the third device, where the second beam indication information is used to indicate the second target beam.
即,在D2D通信复用蜂窝通信的上行时频资源的场景下,网络设备还需要将用于蜂窝通信的第二目标波束通知给第三设备,以使第三设备使用第二目标波束进行上行通信。That is, in a scenario where D2D communication multiplexes the uplink time-frequency resources of cellular communication, the network device also needs to notify the third device of the second target beam used for cellular communication, so that the third device uses the second target beam to perform uplink Communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备确定第一目标波束之前,该方法还包括:网络设备接收第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告,以确定第一目标波束。其中,第一波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的,第二波束测量报告为第三设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device determines the first target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report to determine the first target beam. Target beam. The first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device, and the second beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,网络设备确定第一目标波束,包括:网络设备根据第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告,确定第一目标波束。Optionally, the network device determining the first target beam includes: the network device determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
可选地,第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,第二波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。Optionally, the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. The first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information. Or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information indicated The unusable beams belong to the non-interfering beams indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
示例性的,可用波束可以是指波束质量大于一个预设门限值的波束,不可用波束可以是指波束质量不大于(即,小于或者等于)该预设门限值的波束。类似地,干扰波束可以是指波束干扰大于一个预设门限值的波束,非干扰波束可以是指波束干扰不大于该预设门限值的波束。上述用于判断是可用波束还是不可用波束的门限值和用于判断是干扰波束还是非干扰波束的门限值可以相等,也可以不等,本申请对此不作限定。Exemplarily, an available beam may refer to a beam whose beam quality is greater than a preset threshold value, and an unavailable beam may refer to a beam whose beam quality is not greater than (ie, less than or equal to) the preset threshold value. Similarly, an interference beam may refer to a beam whose beam interference is greater than a preset threshold value, and a non-interfering beam may refer to a beam whose beam interference is not greater than the preset threshold value. The above-mentioned threshold value for judging whether the beam is usable or unusable and the threshold value for judging whether the beam is an interference beam or a non-interference beam may be equal or different, which is not limited in this application.
基于上述方案,网络设备可以调度第一设备复用蜂窝通信的下行时频资源。并且,第二设备和第三设备可以分别对第一设备发送的测量信号进行测量并分别上报波束测量报 告,网络设备可以基于D2D通信的可用和/或不可用波束以及通信的干扰波束和/或非干扰波束,为第二设备配置最终用于D2D通信的波束(即,第一目标波束)。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面能够减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信造成的干扰。Based on the above solution, the network device can schedule the first device to reuse downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication. In addition, the second device and the third device can respectively measure the measurement signal sent by the first device and respectively report the beam measurement report. The network device can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of D2D communication and the interference beam and/or communication The non-interfering beam is used to configure the beam that is ultimately used for D2D communication (that is, the first target beam) for the second device. This can improve spectrum utilization on the one hand, and reduce or avoid interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communications on the other hand.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备接收第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告之前,该方法还包括:网络设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息,并向第二设备和第三设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源,第一测量信号的发送资源用于第一设备发送第一测量信号,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于第二设备和第三设备对第一设备发送的第一测量信号进行测量。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device receives the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report, the method further includes: the network device sends the first indication information to the first device, And send second indication information to the second device and the third device. The first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device and the third device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
基于该方案,第一设备可以基于第一指示信息,发送第一测量信号。第二设备和第三设备可以基于第二指示信息,测量第一测量信号,从而第二设备可以获得第一波束测量报告,第三设备可以获得第二波束测量报告。Based on this solution, the first device may send the first measurement signal based on the first indication information. The second device and the third device may measure the first measurement signal based on the second indication information, so that the second device may obtain the first beam measurement report, and the third device may obtain the second beam measurement report.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备确定第二目标波束之前,该方法还包括:网络设备接收第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告,以确定第二目标波束。其中,第三波束测量报告为第三设备通过测量网络设备发送的第二测量信号确定的,第四波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量网络设备发送的第二测量信号确定的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device determines the second target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report to determine the second target beam. Target beam. The third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the network device, and the fourth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the network device.
可选地,网络设备确定第二目标波束,包括:网络设备根据第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告,确定第二目标波束。Optionally, the network device determining the second target beam includes: the network device determining the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
可选地,第三波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,第四波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。第二目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第二目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,第二目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第二目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。Optionally, the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. The second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interfering beam information. Or, the second target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information indicated The unusable beams belong to the non-interfering beams indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
基于该方案,网络设备可以调度第一设备复用蜂窝通信的下行资源。并且,第二设备和第三设备可以分别对网络设备发送的测量信号进行测量并分别上报波束测量报告,网络设备可以基于蜂窝通信的可用和/或不可用波束以及D2D通信的干扰波束和/或非干扰波束,确定最终用于蜂窝通信的波束(即,第二目标波束)。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。Based on this solution, the network device can schedule the first device to reuse downlink resources of cellular communication. In addition, the second device and the third device can respectively measure the measurement signals sent by the network device and report the beam measurement report respectively. The network device can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interference beams and/or interference beams of D2D communication. The non-interfering beam determines the beam that is finally used for cellular communication (that is, the second target beam). On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备确定第一目标波束之前,方法还包括:网络设备接收第一波束测量报告和第一定位信息,以确定第一目标波束,其中,第一波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的,第一定位信息为第二设备的位置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device determines the first target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the first beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the first target beam , Where the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device, and the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
可选地,网络设备确定第一目标波束,包括:网络设备根据第一波束测量报告、第一定位信息以及第三设备的位置信息,确定第一目标波束。Optionally, the network device determining the first target beam includes: the network device determining the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the location information of the third device.
具体地,网络设备可以根据第一定位信息和第三设备的位置信息,获知第三设备相对于第二设备的位置,从而可以结合第一波束测量报告,确定第一目标波束。Specifically, the network device can learn the position of the third device relative to the second device according to the first positioning information and the location information of the third device, so that the first target beam can be determined in combination with the first beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束属于第一波束测量报告所指示的可用波束,且第一目 标波束不会指向第三设备。In a possible manner, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the third device.
另一种可能的方式,第一目标波束不属于第一波束测量报告所指示的不可用波束,且第一目标波束不会指向第三设备。In another possible manner, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated in the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the third device.
基于该方案,网络设备可以调度第一设备复用蜂窝通信的下行时频资源。并且,第二设备对第一设备发送的测量信号进行测量并上报波束测量报告,以及上报其位置信息。网络设备可以基于第二设备上报的波束测量报告、第二设备的位置信息和第三设备的位置信息,为第二设备配置最终用于D2D通信的波束(即,第一目标波束)。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信造成的干扰。Based on this solution, the network device can schedule the first device to reuse the downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication. In addition, the second device measures the measurement signal sent by the first device, reports a beam measurement report, and reports its location information. The network device may configure a beam (that is, the first target beam) that is ultimately used for D2D communication for the second device based on the beam measurement report reported by the second device, the location information of the second device, and the location information of the third device. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备接收第一波束测量报告之前,方法还包括:网络设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息,并向第二设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源,第一测量信号的发送资源用于第一设备发送第一测量信号,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于第二设备对第一设备发送的第一测量信号进行测量。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device receives the first beam measurement report, the method further includes: the network device sends the first indication information to the first device, and sends the second device to the second device. 2. Instruction information. The first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备确定第二目标波束之前,方法还包括:网络设备接收第三波束测量报告和第一定位信息,以确定第二目标波束,其中,第三波束测量报告为第三设备通过测量网络设备发送的第二测量信号确定的,第一定位信息为第二设备的位置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device determines the second target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the third beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the second target beam , Where the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the network device, and the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
可选地,网络设备确定第二目标波束,包括:网络设备根据第三波束测量报告、第一定位信息以及第三设备的位置信息,确定第二目标波束。Optionally, the network device determining the second target beam includes: the network device determining the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the location information of the third device.
具体地,网络设备可以根据第一定位信息和第三设备的位置信息,获知第三设备相对于第二设备的位置,从而可以结合第三波束测量报告,确定第二目标波束。Specifically, the network device can learn the position of the third device relative to the second device according to the first positioning information and the position information of the third device, so that the second target beam can be determined in combination with the third beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束属于第三波束测量报告所指示的可用波束,且第二目标波束不会指向第二设备。In a possible manner, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the second device.
另一种可能的方式,第二目标波束不属于第三波束测量报告所指示的不可用波束,且第二目标波束不会指向第二设备。In another possible manner, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the second device.
基于该方案,第一设备可以复用蜂窝通信的下行时频资源对第二设备进行发送。并且,第三设备可以对网络设备发送的测量信号进行测量并上报波束测量报告,网络设备可以基于蜂窝通信的可用和/或不可用波束、第二设备的位置信息以及第三设备的位置信息,确定第二目标波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。Based on this solution, the first device can multiplex the downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication to transmit to the second device. In addition, the third device can measure the measurement signal sent by the network device and report the beam measurement report. The network device can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication, the location information of the second device, and the location information of the third device, Determine the second target beam. On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备确定第一目标波束之前,方法还包括:网络设备接收第一波束测量报告,以确定第一目标波束,其中,第一波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device determines the first target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives the first beam measurement report to determine the first target beam, where the first target beam The beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,网络设备确定第一目标波束,包括:网络设备根据第一波束测量报告和网络设备通过测量第一测量信号得到的测量结果,确定第一目标波束。Optionally, the network device determining the first target beam includes: the network device determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the measurement result obtained by the network device by measuring the first measurement signal.
可选地,第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,网络设备通过测量第一测量信号得到的测量结果包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干 扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。Optionally, the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the measurement result obtained by the network device by measuring the first measurement signal includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. The first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information. Or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information indicated The unusable beams belong to the non-interfering beams indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
基于该方案,网络设备可以调度第一设备复用蜂窝通信的下行时频资源。并且,网络设备可以基于第二设备对第一设备发送的测量信号进行测量得到的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,以及网络设备对第一设备发送的测量信号进行测量得到的干扰波束或非干扰波束,向第二设备配置第一目标波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信造成的干扰。Based on this solution, the network device can schedule the first device to reuse the downlink time-frequency resources of cellular communication. In addition, the network device may be based on the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information obtained by the second device measuring the measurement signal sent by the first device, and the interference beam or the interference beam obtained by the network device measuring the measurement signal sent by the first device. For non-interference beams, configure the first target beam to the second device. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备接收第一波束测量报告之前,方法还包括:网络设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息,向第二设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源,第一测量信号的发送资源用于第一设备发送第一测量信号,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于第二设备测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device receives the first beam measurement report, the method further includes: the network device sends the first indication information to the first device, and sends the second device to the second device. Instructions. The first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在网络设备确定第二目标波束之前,方法还包括:网络设备接收第二设备发送的第五波束测量报告,以确定第二目标波束,第五波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第三设备发送的第三测量信号确定的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the network device determines the second target beam, the method further includes: the network device receives a fifth beam measurement report sent by the second device to determine the second target beam , The fifth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the third measurement signal sent by the third device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备确定第二目标波束,包括:网络设备根据第五波束测量报告,以及网络设备通过测量第三测量信号确定的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,确定第二目标波束。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the network device determines the second target beam, including: the network device determines the available beam information according to the fifth beam measurement report and the network device by measuring the third measurement signal and / Or unavailable beam information, determine the second target beam.
基于该方案,网络设备可以调度第一设备复用蜂窝通信的上行时频资源。并且,第二设备和网络设备可以分别对第三设备发送的测量信号进行测量,网络设备可以基于蜂窝通信的可用或/或不可用波束以及D2D通信的干扰波束和/或非干扰波束,确定二目标波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。Based on this solution, the network device can schedule the first device to reuse the uplink time-frequency resources of cellular communication. In addition, the second device and the network device can respectively measure the measurement signal sent by the third device. The network device can determine the second device based on the available or/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interfering beams and/or non-interfering beams of D2D communication. Target beam. On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第二设备接收网络设备发送的第二测量信号;第二设备通过测量第二测量信号,确定第四波束测量报告;第二设备向第一设备发送第四波束测量报告,以使第一设备将第四测量报告发送给网络设备。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a second device receives a second measurement signal sent by a network device; the second device determines a fourth beam measurement report by measuring the second measurement signal; Send the fourth beam measurement report, so that the first device sends the fourth measurement report to the network device.
根据本申请提供的方法,第一设备可以将第二设备发送的第四测量报告发送给网络设备。According to the method provided in this application, the first device can send the fourth measurement report sent by the second device to the network device.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一设备接收第二设备发送的第四波束测量报告;第一设备向网络设备发送第四波束测量报告。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a first device receives a fourth beam measurement report sent by a second device; and the first device sends a fourth beam measurement report to a network device.
根据本申请提供的方法,第一设备可以将第二设备发送的第四测量报告发送给网络设备。According to the method provided in this application, the first device can send the fourth measurement report sent by the second device to the network device.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一设备接收网络设备发送的第一波束指示信息,所述第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,所述第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,所述目标传输资源为所述网络设备与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a first device receiving first beam indication information sent by a network device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate a first target beam, and the first target beam is a first target beam. A beam used when a device transmits to a second device on a target transmission resource, where the target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used for transmission between the network device and the third device.
可选地,该方法还可以包括:第一设备通过所述第一目标波束,向第三设备发送信号。Optionally, the method may further include: the first device sends a signal to the third device through the first target beam.
根据本申请提供的方法,可以由网络设备配置D2D通信的波束。这样,既能提高频 谱利用率,又有利于较小甚至避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信的干扰。According to the method provided in this application, the D2D communication beam can be configured by the network device. In this way, it can not only improve the frequency spectrum utilization, but also help to reduce or even avoid the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一目标波束对所述第三设备的干扰低于第一门限值,或者,所述第一目标波束对所述网络设备的干扰低于第二门限值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than a first threshold, or the first target beam affects the network The interference of the device is lower than the second threshold value.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,在所述第一设备接收网络设备发送的第一波束指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:所述第一设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源;所述第一设备在所述第一测量信号的发送资源上发送所述第一测量信号。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, before the first device receives the first beam indication information sent by the network device, the method further includes: the first device receiving the first beam indication information sent by the network device The first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the first measurement signal; the first device sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
基于该方案,第二设备和第三设备通过对第一测量信号进行测量,可以分别得到波束测量报告,并且第二设备和第三设备可以向网络设备上报波束测量报告,网络设备根据该波束测量报告,可以确定第一目标波束。Based on this solution, the second device and the third device can obtain beam measurement reports separately by measuring the first measurement signal, and the second device and the third device can report the beam measurement report to the network device, and the network device can measure the beam according to the beam measurement report. Report, the first target beam can be determined.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第一方面以及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes various modules or units for executing the method in the first aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
具体地,该通信装置包括:处理单元和收发单元。处理单元用于确定第一目标波束,第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,目标传输资源为该通信装置与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源。收发单元用于向第一设备发送第一波束指示信息,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束。Specifically, the communication device includes: a processing unit and a transceiving unit. The processing unit is used to determine the first target beam, the first target beam is the beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is the beam used for transmission between the communication device and the third device Time-frequency resources. The transceiver unit is configured to send first beam indication information to the first device, and the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面以及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the foregoing first aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为网络设备。当该通信装置为网络设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication device is a network device. When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第二方面或第三方面或第四方面提供的方法的各个模块或单元。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes various modules or units for executing the methods provided in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect.
具体地,该通信装置包括:收发单元。在一种方式中,收发单元用于,接收网络设备发送的第二测量信号;通过测量第二测量信号,确定第四波束测量报告;向第一设备发送第四波束测量报告,以使第一设备将第四测量报告发送给网络设备。在另一种方式中,收发单元用于,接收第二设备发送的第四波束测量报告;向网络设备发送第四波束测量报告。在又一种方式中,收发单元用于,接收网络设备发送的第一波束指示信息,所述第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,所述第一目标波束为该通信装置在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,所述目标传输资源为所述网络设备与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源。Specifically, the communication device includes: a transceiver unit. In one mode, the transceiver unit is used to receive the second measurement signal sent by the network device; determine the fourth beam measurement report by measuring the second measurement signal; send the fourth beam measurement report to the first device so that the first The device sends the fourth measurement report to the network device. In another manner, the transceiver unit is configured to receive the fourth beam measurement report sent by the second device; and send the fourth beam measurement report to the network device. In still another manner, the transceiver unit is configured to receive first beam indication information sent by a network device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate a first target beam, and the first target beam is the target beam of the communication device. A beam used when transmitting to the second device on the transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used when transmitting between the network device and the third device.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面或第三方面或第四方面提供的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method provided in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication device is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第九方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit, and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fourth aspect. The method in the way.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为一个或多个芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor can be one or more chips, the input circuit can be an input pin, the output circuit can be an output pin, and the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits, etc. . The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第十方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a processing device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to implement any one of the first to fourth aspects and any one of the first to fourth aspects. In the method.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程,接收指示信息可以为处理器接收指示信息的过程。具体地,处理器输出的数据可以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that the related data interaction process, for example, sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor, and receiving instruction information may be a process of receiving instruction information by the processor. Specifically, the data output by the processor can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can come from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
上述第十方面中的处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。该处理装置中的处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the above tenth aspect may be one or more chips. The processor in the processing device can be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first aspect to the The fourth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to fourth aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect to The fourth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to fourth aspects.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的网络设备、第一设备、第二设备和第 三设备。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned network device, the first device, the second device, and the third device.
图1是应用于本申请的一个通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to this application;
图2是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application;
图3是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application;
图4是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application;
图5是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application;
图6是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application;
图7是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图;Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application;
图8是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application;
图9是本申请提供的另一通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the present application;
图10是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application;
图11是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图12是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application;
图13是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图14是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application;
图15是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图16是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图;Fig. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application;
图17是本申请提供的网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided by this application;
图18是本申请提供的终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device provided by the present application.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于多种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th generation (5G) system or new wireless ( new radio, NR) etc.
本申请实施例中的第一设备、第二设备以及第三设备可以是终端设备,也可以是配置于终端设备中的芯片,还可以是终端设备中的电路或电路模块。终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、路侧单元、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不 限定。The first device, the second device, and the third device in the embodiments of the present application may be terminal devices, may also be chips configured in the terminal device, or may be circuits or circuit modules in the terminal device. Terminal equipment can refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or User device. The terminal equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, roadside units, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or the public land mobile network that will evolve in the future (public land mobile network, The terminal equipment in the PLMN) is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,也可以是配置于该设备中的芯片,还可以是该设备中的电路或电路模块。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiving function, may also be a chip configured in the device, or may be a circuit or a circuit module in the device. This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP), or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , The gNB in the system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,简称AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、介质接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。本申请可以应用于多种应用场景,如D2D、中继(Relay)、无线网格网络(Mesh)、接入回传一体化(integrated access&backhaul,IAB)、车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)、UE协作、高频传输、工业场景、机器人协作、物联网等场景。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU for short). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) The function of the layer. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (physical, PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application. This application can be applied to a variety of application scenarios, such as D2D, Relay, Mesh, Integrated Access & Backhaul (IAB), Vehicle to Everything (V2X), UE collaboration, high-frequency transmission, industrial scenarios, robot collaboration, Internet of Things and other scenarios.
需要说明的是,为使本领域技术人员更好的理解本申请,下文中将以第一设备、第二设备和第三设备为UE、网络设备为基站为例,对本申请进行介绍。但应理解,UE可以被替换为其他形式的终端设备(或终端设备中的芯片或电路),如车载设备、可穿戴设备等,类似地,基站也可以被替换为其他形式的网络设备,如gNB、eNodeB、eNodeB中芯片或电路等。It should be noted that, in order to enable those skilled in the art to better understand the application, the application will be introduced below by taking the first device, the second device, and the third device as the UE, and the network device as the base station as examples. However, it should be understood that the UE can be replaced with other forms of terminal equipment (or chips or circuits in the terminal equipment), such as vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, etc., and similarly, the base station can also be replaced with other forms of network equipment, such as Chip or circuit in gNB, eNodeB, eNodeB, etc.
图1是应用于本申请的一个通信系统的示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统包括至少一个基站(如,基站110)和多个UE(如,UE120、UE130和UE140)。多个UE至少包括两个可以用于D2D通信的UE(如,UE120和UE130)和至少一个可以用于蜂窝通信的UE(如,UE140)。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to this application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system includes at least one base station (e.g., base station 110) and multiple UEs (e.g., UE120, UE130, and UE140). The multiple UEs include at least two UEs that can be used for D2D communication (e.g., UE120 and UE130) and at least one UE that can be used for cellular communications (e.g., UE140).
其中,D2D通信是指两个UE之间通过侧行链路(sidelink)或PC5口直接进行的通信。进行D2D通信的UE在下文中称为D2D UE,其中作为发送端的D2D UE为第一设备,在下文中称为D2D发端UE,作为接收端的D2D UE为第二设备,在下文中称为D2D收 端UE。D2D UE也可以具有蜂窝通信功能,若存在与基站之间的通信需求时,D2D UE也可以进行蜂窝通信。Among them, D2D communication refers to direct communication between two UEs through a sidelink or PC5 port. A UE performing D2D communication is hereinafter referred to as a D2D UE, where the D2D UE as the transmitting end is the first device, hereinafter referred to as the D2D originating UE, and the D2D UE as the receiving end is the second device, hereinafter referred to as the D2D receiving UE. The D2D UE may also have a cellular communication function. If there is a communication requirement with the base station, the D2D UE may also perform cellular communication.
蜂窝通信是指UE和基站之间通过下行(downlink)或上行(uplink)进行的通信。进行蜂窝通信的UE为第三设备,在本文中称为蜂窝UE,蜂窝UE具有与基站进行蜂窝下行或上行通信的功能。蜂窝UE也可以具有D2D通信功能,若存在与其它D2D UE之间的通信需求时,蜂窝UE也可以与其它D2D UE进行D2D通信。Cellular communication refers to the communication between the UE and the base station through downlink (downlink) or uplink (uplink). The UE performing cellular communication is a third device, which is referred to herein as a cellular UE, and the cellular UE has the function of performing cellular downlink or uplink communication with the base station. The cellular UE may also have a D2D communication function. If there is a communication requirement with other D2D UEs, the cellular UE may also perform D2D communication with other D2D UEs.
当前,D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的上行资源向D2D收端UE发送时,只能利用频分复用(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统上行链路或者时分复用(frequency division duplex,TDD)上行子帧,不能利用全带宽或者必须等到有上行子帧调度时才进行D2D传输,导致频谱利用率较低。Currently, when the D2D originating UE multiplexes the uplink resources of cellular communication and transmits to the D2D receiving UE, it can only use the frequency division duplex (FDD) system uplink or the time division duplex (TDD) uplink For subframes, the full bandwidth cannot be used or the D2D transmission must be performed when there is an uplink subframe scheduling, resulting in low spectrum utilization.
另外,由于D2D UE间的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)仅能由D2D收端UE根据对D2D发端UE发送的测量信号测量获得,基站不可获得D2D UE间的信道状态信息,只能获得其与蜂窝UE之间的信道状态信息,进行资源复用的D2D UE和蜂窝UE根据各自测量的信道质量分别使用波束赋形技术,D2D通信的波束和蜂窝通信的波束不可避免的互相造成干扰。In addition, since the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) between the D2D UEs can only be obtained by the D2D receiving UE based on the measurement signals sent by the D2D originating UE, the base station cannot obtain the channel state information between the D2D UEs, and can only obtain the channel state information between the D2D UEs. For the channel state information between it and the cellular UE, the D2D UE and the cellular UE that perform resource multiplexing respectively use beamforming technology according to their respective measured channel qualities. The D2D communication beam and the cellular communication beam inevitably cause interference with each other.
为解上述问题,本申请提供了一种通信方法,一方面既允许D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信上行资源,也允许D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信下行资源,另一方面,可以由基站配置D2D通信的波束。这样,既能提高频谱利用率,又有利于减小甚至避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信的干扰和/或蜂窝通信对D2D通信的干扰。比如,基站可以将可用于D2D通信且不会对蜂窝UE造成干扰的波束配置给D2D发端UE,这样D2D发端UE在使用基站配置的波束发送时,既能够保证D2D收端UE的接收成功率,又能避免对蜂窝UE造成干扰。In order to solve the above problems, this application provides a communication method that not only allows D2D communication and cellular communication to reuse cellular communication uplink resources, but also allows D2D communication and cellular communication to reuse cellular communication downlink resources. On the other hand, it can be The base station configures the beam for D2D communication. In this way, the spectrum utilization rate can be improved, and the interference of the D2D communication to the cellular communication and/or the interference of the cellular communication to the D2D communication can be reduced or even avoided. For example, the base station can configure beams that can be used for D2D communication and will not cause interference to cellular UEs to the D2D originating UE, so that when the D2D originating UE uses the beam configured by the base station to transmit, it can ensure the reception success rate of the D2D receiving UE. It can also avoid causing interference to cellular UEs.
本申请实施例中,波束(beam)可以理解为空间资源,或者,可以指具有能量传输指向性的发送或接收预编码向量,并且,该发送或接收预编码向量能够通过索引信息进行标识。其中,所述能量传输指向性可以指在一定空间位置内,接收经过该预编码向量进行预编码处理后的信号具有较好的接收功率,如满足接收解调信噪比等;所述能量传输指向性也可以指通过该预编码向量接收来自不同空间位置发送的相同信号具有不同的接收功率。In the embodiments of the present application, a beam can be understood as a spatial resource, or can refer to a transmission or reception precoding vector with energy transmission directivity, and the transmission or reception precoding vector can be identified by index information. Wherein, the energy transmission directivity may refer to a signal that has been pre-encoded by the pre-encoding vector within a certain spatial position and has better received power, such as meeting the signal-to-noise ratio of receiving demodulation, etc.; the energy transmission Directivity can also mean that the same signal sent from different spatial locations received through the precoding vector has different received power.
可选地,同一通信设备(比如终端设备或网络设备)可以有不同的预编码向量,不同的设备也可以有不同的预编码向量,即对应不同的波束。Optionally, the same communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device) may have different precoding vectors, and different devices may also have different precoding vectors, that is, corresponding to different beams.
针对通信设备的配置或者能力,一个通信设备在同一时刻可以使用多个不同的预编码向量中的一个或者多个,即同时可以形成一个或多个波束。波束相同,可以指波束的信息相同,或者,可以指具有相同的空间资源。在某些描述中,波束相同还可以覆盖具有准共址(QCL)关系或具有空间参考关系的资源。波束的信息可以通过索引信息进行标识。可选地,所述索引信息可以对应配置终端设备(如用户设备UE)的资源标识(identity,ID),比如,所述索引信息可以对应配置的信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)的ID或者资源,也可以对应配置的上行探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)的ID或者资源。或者,可选地,所述索引信息可以是通过波束承载的信号或信道显示或隐式承载的索引信息,比如,所述索引信息可以是通过波束发送的同步信号或者广播信道指示该波束的索引信息。具体波束的信息如何指示在本申请实施例 中不予限定。Regarding the configuration or capability of the communication device, a communication device can use one or more of multiple different precoding vectors at the same time, that is, one or more beams can be formed at the same time. The same beam can mean that the information of the beam is the same, or it can mean that the beam has the same spatial resources. In some descriptions, the same beam can also cover resources with a quasi co-location (QCL) relationship or a spatial reference relationship. The information of the beam can be identified by index information. Optionally, the index information may correspond to the resource identity (ID) of the configuration terminal device (such as user equipment UE), for example, the index information may correspond to the configured channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, The ID or resource of the CSI-RS may also correspond to the ID or resource of the configured uplink sounding reference signal (SRS). Or, optionally, the index information may be index information that is displayed or implicitly carried by a signal or channel carried by a beam. For example, the index information may be a synchronization signal sent by a beam or a broadcast channel indicating the index of the beam. information. How the specific beam information is indicated is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
下面,对本申请提供的方案进行详细描述。In the following, the solution provided by this application will be described in detail.
图2是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意性流程图。如图2所示,该方法200包括S210和S220。以下,对各步骤进行详细说明。Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 includes S210 and S220. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail.
S210,基站确定第一目标波束。S210: The base station determines the first target beam.
第一目标波束为D2D发端UE在目标传输资源上对D2D收端UE发送时使用的波束,目标传输资源为基站与蜂窝UE传输时使用的时频资源。也就是说,第一目标波束是基站给D2D发端UE配置的在D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的时频资源进行D2D通信时,使用的波束。其中,目标传输资源可以是上行时频资源(简称:上行资源),也可以是下行时频资源(简称:下行资源)。也就是说,D2D通信可以使用蜂窝通信的上行资源,即,蜂窝UE向基站发送时使用的时频资源;D2D通信也可以使用蜂窝通信的下行资源,即,基站向蜂窝UE发送时使用的时频资源。The first target beam is a beam used when the D2D originating UE transmits to the D2D receiving UE on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used during transmission between the base station and the cellular UE. That is, the first target beam is the beam configured by the base station for the D2D originating UE when the D2D originating UE multiplexes the time-frequency resources of cellular communication for D2D communication. Wherein, the target transmission resource may be an uplink time-frequency resource (abbreviated as: uplink resource), or a downlink time-frequency resource (abbreviated as: downlink resource). That is to say, D2D communication can use the uplink resources of cellular communication, that is, the time-frequency resources used when the cellular UE transmits to the base station; D2D communication can also use the downlink resources of cellular communication, that is, the time when the base station transmits to the cellular UE. Frequency resources.
应理解,本文中将时分双工传输方式用到的下行子帧/时隙/符号和频分双工传输方式用到的下行频域资源中的一项或多项均可统称为下行资源。类似地,将时分双工传输用到的上行子帧/时隙/符号和频分双工传输方式用到的上行频域资源中的一项或多项均可统称为上行资源。It should be understood that in this text, one or more of the downlink subframes/slots/symbols used in the time division duplex transmission mode and the downlink frequency domain resources used in the frequency division duplex transmission mode may be collectively referred to as downlink resources. Similarly, one or more of the uplink subframes/slots/symbols used in time division duplex transmission and the uplink frequency domain resources used in frequency division duplex transmission can be collectively referred to as uplink resources.
S220,基站向D2D发端UE发送第一波束指示信息,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束。第一目标波束包括一个或多个波束。S220: The base station sends first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam. The first target beam includes one or more beams.
相应地,D2D发端UE接收第一波束指示信息,并且可以根据第一波束指示信息,确定第一目标波束。之后,D2D发端UE就可以在目标传输资源上使用第一目标波束对D2D收端UE进行发送。Correspondingly, the D2D originating UE receives the first beam indication information, and can determine the first target beam according to the first beam indication information. After that, the D2D originating UE can use the first target beam on the target transmission resource to transmit to the D2D receiving UE.
本申请提供的通信方法,一方面既允许D2D通信复用蜂窝通信上行资源,也允许D2D通信复用蜂窝通信下行资源,另一方面,可以由基站配置D2D通信的波束。这样,既能提高频谱利用率,又有利于较小甚至避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信的干扰。The communication method provided by the present application not only allows D2D communication to reuse cellular communication uplink resources, but also allows D2D communication to reuse cellular communication downlink resources. On the other hand, the base station can configure D2D communication beams. In this way, the spectrum utilization rate can be improved, and the interference of D2D communication to cellular communication can be reduced or even avoided.
以下将结合图3至图8,对图2所示的方法进行详细说明。The method shown in FIG. 2 will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 3 to FIG. 8.
图3是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图。该方法可以应用于D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的下行资源的场景。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
参见图3,在该方法中,D2D发端UE发送测量信号,D2D收端UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得D2D通信的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,并且将所获得的波束信息上报给基站。蜂窝UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息,并且将所获得的波束信息上报给基站。基站可以根据D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE上报的波束信息,确定第一目标波束。Referring to FIG. 3, in this method, the D2D originating UE sends a measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE can obtain the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information of the D2D communication by measuring the measurement signal, and the obtained beam The information is reported to the base station. The cellular UE can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to the base station. The base station may determine the first target beam according to the beam information reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
下面,结合图4所示的通信方法300对此进行详细描述。Hereinafter, this will be described in detail with reference to the communication method 300 shown in FIG. 4.
图4是本申请提供的通信方法300的示例性流程图。以下对图4所示的各步骤进行说明。FIG. 4 is an exemplary flow chart of the communication method 300 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 4 will be described below.
S301,基站向蜂窝UE配置下行资源(即,目标传输资源的一例),并调度D2D发端UE在该下行资源上进行D2D发送。S301: The base station configures a downlink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for the cellular UE, and schedules the D2D originating UE to perform D2D transmission on the downlink resource.
比如,基站可以向蜂窝UE发送第一配置信息,并向D2D发端UE发送第二配置信息。相应地,蜂窝UE接收第一配置信息,D2D发端UE接收第二配置信息。其中,第一配置 信息用于向蜂窝UE配置该下行资源,第二配置信息用于向D2D发端UE配置该下行资源。For example, the base station may send the first configuration information to the cellular UE, and send the second configuration information to the D2D originating UE. Correspondingly, the cellular UE receives the first configuration information, and the D2D originating UE receives the second configuration information. Among them, the first configuration information is used to configure the downlink resource for the cellular UE, and the second configuration information is used to configure the downlink resource for the D2D originating UE.
接下来,基站可以配置测量信号的发送资源、测量信号的检测资源、波束测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。具体参见S302至S304。应理解,本申请并不限定配置测量信号的发送资源、测量信号的检测资源、波束测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数的顺序,也不限定配置同一类型的参数(比如,测量信号的检测资源)时,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE的配置先后顺序。所述配置可以通过一条消息,或,多于一条消息实现。Next, the base station can configure the transmission resource of the measurement signal, the detection resource of the measurement signal, the report resource of the beam measurement report, and the report parameter. See S302 to S304 for details. It should be understood that this application does not limit the configuration of measurement signal transmission resources, measurement signal detection resources, beam measurement report reporting resources, and the order of reporting parameters, nor does it limit the configuration of the same type of parameters (for example, measurement signal detection resources) At this time, the configuration sequence of the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE. The configuration can be achieved through one message, or more than one message.
S302,基站向D2D发端UE配置第一测量信号的发送资源。S302: The base station configures the transmission resource of the first measurement signal to the D2D originating UE.
比如,基站可以向D2D发端UE发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息可以指示第一测量的发送资源。For example, the base station may send the first indication information to the D2D originating UE, and the first indication information may indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement.
本申请中的测量信号(如,第一测量信号、下文中的第二测量信号、第三测量信号等)可以是波束参考信号(beam reference signal,BRS)或波束赋形的(beamformed)信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS),也可以是其它类型的测量信号,本申请对测量信号的类型不进行限定。The measurement signal in this application (eg, the first measurement signal, the second measurement signal, the third measurement signal, etc.) may be a beam reference signal (BRS) or a beamformed channel state The information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS) may also be other types of measurement signals, and this application does not limit the types of measurement signals.
本领域技术人员可以理解,第一指示信息可以指示多个测量信号资源,比如,第一指示信息可以是多个CSI-RS资源指示(CSI-RS resource indicator,CRI),每个CRI可以指示一个CSI-RS resource。D2D发端UE发送第一测量信号实际上是指D2D发端UE根据这多个测量信号资源,发送测量信号。应理解,一个测量信号资源可以认为是一个波束,用于指示测量信号资源的信息(比如测量信号资源的索引)也可以认为是该测量信号资源所代表的波束的信息。或者,用于指示测量信号资源的信息也可以与该测量信号资源所代表的波束的信息,比如同步信号块索引(SSB index)具有对应关系。其中,同步信号块可以包括主同步信号,辅同步信号和物理广播信道。Those skilled in the art can understand that the first indication information may indicate multiple measurement signal resources. For example, the first indication information may be multiple CSI-RS resource indicators (CSI-RS resource indicators, CRIs), and each CRI may indicate one CSI-RS resource. The D2D originating UE sending the first measurement signal actually means that the D2D originating UE sends the measurement signal according to the multiple measurement signal resources. It should be understood that a measurement signal resource may be regarded as a beam, and the information used to indicate the measurement signal resource (such as the index of the measurement signal resource) may also be regarded as the information of the beam represented by the measurement signal resource. Alternatively, the information used to indicate the measurement signal resource may also have a corresponding relationship with the information of the beam represented by the measurement signal resource, such as a synchronization signal block index (SSB index). Among them, the synchronization signal block may include a primary synchronization signal, a secondary synchronization signal and a physical broadcast channel.
S303,基站向D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE配置第一测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。S303: The base station configures the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
(1)基站配置第一测量信号的检测资源(1) The base station configures the detection resources of the first measurement signal
示例性的,基站可以向D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE对D2D发端UE发送的第一测量信号进行测量。Exemplarily, the base station may send second indication information to the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE, the second indication information indicates the detection resource of the first measurement signal, and the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used for the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE pair The D2D originator UE sends the first measurement signal for measurement.
应理解,第二指示信息与第一指示信息相同,比如,第一指示信息为多个CRI,那么,第二指示信息也是该多个CRI。It should be understood that the second indication information is the same as the first indication information. For example, if the first indication information is multiple CRIs, then the second indication information is also the multiple CRIs.
(2)基站配置测量报告的上报资源(2) The base station configures the reporting resources of the measurement report
比如,基站可以向D2D收端UE发送第一上报资源信息,向蜂窝UE发送第二上报资源信息。其中,第一上报资源信息指示第一上报资源,D2D收端UE可以在第一上报资源上,向基站上报对第一测量信号进行测量得到的波束测量报告。第二上报资源信息指示第二上报资源,蜂窝UE可以在第二上报资源上,向基站上报对第一测量信号进行测量得到的波束测量报告。For example, the base station may send the first reported resource information to the D2D receiving end UE, and send the second reported resource information to the cellular UE. Wherein, the first reported resource information indicates the first reported resource, and the D2D receiving end UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the first measurement signal to the base station on the first reported resource. The second reported resource information indicates the second reported resource, and the cellular UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the first measurement signal to the base station on the second reported resource.
本申请中,测量信号的发送资源、测量信号的检测资源和测量报告的上报资源中的任一种,都可以由基站通过下行控制信道中的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、下行数据信道、无线资源控制信令(radio resource control,RRC)、以及媒体接入控制控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)中的一项或多项配置。 应理解,这里的测量信号是一个统称,其可以是第一测量信号,也可以是下文中的第二测量信号、第三测量信号等。另外,所述下行控制信道例如可以是物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)或增强物理下行控制信道(enhanced physical downlink control channel,EPDCCH)或其他类型的下行控制信道。所述下行数据信道例如可以是物理下行数据共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)或其他类型的下行数据信道。In this application, any one of measurement signal transmission resources, measurement signal detection resources, and measurement report reporting resources can be used by the base station through downlink control information (DCI) and downlink data in the downlink control channel. One or more configurations of channel, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), and media access control control element (media access control control element, MAC CE). It should be understood that the measurement signal here is a general term, which may be the first measurement signal, or the second measurement signal, the third measurement signal, etc. hereinafter. In addition, the downlink control channel may be, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) or other types of downlink control channels. The downlink data channel may be, for example, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or other types of downlink data channels.
需要说明的是,本申请中,测量信号(如第一测量信号、第二测量信号等测量信号)的发送资源、测量信号的检测资源和测量报告的上报资源中的任一种,也可以由相应的UE从资源池中自行确定,而不必由基站配置。比如,第一测量信号的发送资源可以由D2D发端UE从资源池中确定。资源池可以是预配置的,也可以由基站以广播的形式发送给UE。It should be noted that, in this application, any one of the transmission resource of the measurement signal (such as the first measurement signal, the second measurement signal, etc.), the detection resource of the measurement signal, and the reporting resource of the measurement report can also be determined by The corresponding UE is determined by itself from the resource pool, and does not need to be configured by the base station. For example, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal may be determined by the D2D originating UE from the resource pool. The resource pool can be pre-configured or sent by the base station to the UE in the form of broadcast.
还需要说明的是,本申请中,需要由基站发送给D2D收端UE的相关信息,如第一指示信息、第二指示信息等中的一项或多项,可以由基站直接发送给D2D收端UE,也可以由基站先发送给D2D发端UE,再由D2D发端UE转发给D2D收端UE。相应地,需要由D2D收端UE发送给基站的相关信息,如下文中的D2D收端UE发送的波束测量报告,可以由D2D收端UE直接发送给基站,也可以由D2D收端UE先发送给D2D发端UE,再由D2D发端UE转发给基站。It should also be noted that in this application, the relevant information that needs to be sent by the base station to the D2D receiving end UE, such as one or more of the first indication information and the second indication information, can be directly sent by the base station to the D2D receiving end. The end UE may also be first sent by the base station to the D2D originating UE, and then forwarded by the D2D originating UE to the D2D receiving UE. Correspondingly, relevant information that needs to be sent by the D2D receiving UE to the base station, such as the beam measurement report sent by the D2D receiving UE in the following text, can be directly sent to the base station by the D2D receiving UE, or it can be sent to the base station by the D2D receiving UE first. The D2D originating UE is then forwarded to the base station by the D2D originating UE.
(3)基站配置上报参数(3) Base station configuration report parameters
比如,基站可以向D2D收端UE发送第一上报参数信息,向蜂窝UE发送第二上报参数信息。其中,第一上报参数信息用于D2D收端UE确定对第一测量信号进行测量后所需要上报的内容。第二上报参数信息用于蜂窝UE确定对第一测量信号进行测量后所需要上报的内容。For example, the base station may send the first reported parameter information to the D2D receiving end UE, and send the second reported parameter information to the cellular UE. The first reported parameter information is used by the D2D receiving end UE to determine the content that needs to be reported after measuring the first measurement signal. The second reported parameter information is used by the cellular UE to determine the content that needs to be reported after measuring the first measurement signal.
第一上报参数信息可以包括下述中的一项或多项:波束属性信息;波束质量门限值;波束数量或者波束最大数量。The first reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam quality threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
其中,波束属性信息用于指示D2D收端UE需要上报波束质量较好的波束,还是需要上报波束质量较差的波束,还是两者都要上报。D2D收端UE根据该波束属性信息,可以确定自己需要上报波束质量较好的波束,还是需要上报波束质量较差的波束,还是两者都要上报。示例性的,终端设备上报波束具体可以是终端设备上报CRI。Among them, the beam attribute information is used to indicate whether the D2D receiving UE needs to report a beam with a better beam quality, or a beam with a poor beam quality, or both. According to the beam attribute information, the D2D receiving UE can determine whether it needs to report a beam with a better beam quality, a beam with a poor beam quality, or both. Exemplarily, the beam reported by the terminal device may specifically be that the terminal device reports the CRI.
波束质量可以通过参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)等参数中的一项或多项衡量。相应地,波束质量门限值可以是RSRP、RSRQ等门限值中的一个或多个。D2D收端UE根据波束属性信息,上报对应的波束质量(例如RSRP或RSRQ)大于波束质量门限值的波束,或者,上报对应的波束质量不大于波束质量门限值的波束。或者,前述两者都上报,并指明每个波束具体是波束质量大于波束质量门限值的波束还是波束质量不大于波束质量门限值的波束。The beam quality can be measured by one or more of the parameters such as reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP) and reference signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ). Correspondingly, the beam quality threshold value may be one or more of the threshold values such as RSRP and RSRQ. According to the beam attribute information, the D2D receiving UE reports a beam whose corresponding beam quality (such as RSRP or RSRQ) is greater than the beam quality threshold, or reports a beam whose corresponding beam quality is not greater than the beam quality threshold. Or, report both of the foregoing, and specify whether each beam is specifically a beam with a beam quality greater than a beam quality threshold or a beam with a beam quality not greater than the beam quality threshold.
波束数量是指,D2D收端UE需要反馈的波束质量较好的波束的数量,或者需要反馈的波束质量较差的波束的数量,或者需要反馈的波束质量较好的波束的数量以及波束质量较差的波束的数量。示例性的,假设这里的波束数量为N,那么,如果基站指示D2D收端UE反馈波束质量较好的波束,则D2D收端UE反馈波束质量最好的N个波束;如果 基站指示D2D收端UE反馈波束质量较差的波束,则D2D收端UE反馈波束质量最差的N个波束。示例性的,假设这里的波束数量为(P,Q),那么,D2D收端UE反馈波束质量最好的P个波束以及波束质量最差的Q个波束。The number of beams refers to the number of beams with better beam quality that need to be fed back by the D2D receiving UE, or the number of beams with poor beam quality that needs to be fed back, or the number of beams with better beam quality that needs to be fed back, and the beam quality is better. The number of poor beams. For example, assuming that the number of beams here is N, then if the base station instructs the D2D receiving end UE to feed back beams with better beam quality, the D2D receiving end UE feeds back the N beams with the best beam quality; if the base station instructs the D2D receiving end The UE feeds back beams with poor beam quality, and the D2D receiving UE feeds back the N beams with the worst beam quality. Exemplarily, assuming that the number of beams here is (P, Q), then the D2D receiving UE feeds back P beams with the best beam quality and Q beams with the worst beam quality.
波束最大数量是指,允许D2D收端UE反馈的波束的最大数量。比如,基站指示D2D收端UE反馈波束质量较好的波束,且波束最大数量为M,则D2D收端UE最多只能反馈波束质量较好的M个波束。The maximum number of beams refers to the maximum number of beams that are allowed to be fed back by the D2D receiving UE. For example, if the base station instructs the D2D receiving end UE to feed back beams with better beam quality, and the maximum number of beams is M, then the D2D receiving end UE can only feed back M beams with better beam quality at most.
这里,对于D2D收端UE来讲,对应的波束质量大于波束质量门限值的波束,以及D2D收端UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束质量最好的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:可用波束。Here, for the D2D receiving end UE, the corresponding beam quality is greater than the beam quality threshold, and the D2D receiving end UE feedbacks based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams to feedback one or more beams with the best beam quality. Called: Available beam.
相应地,对应的波束质量不大于波束质量门限值的波束,以及D2D收端UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束质量最差的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:不可用波束。Correspondingly, the corresponding beam quality is not greater than the beam quality threshold, and the D2D receiving UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams feedback beam quality one or more beams with the worst beam quality can be called: unavailable beam .
应理解,第一上报参数信息可以仅包括波束属性信息、波束质量门限值、以及波束数量(或波束最大数量)这三者中的其中两个。比如,第一上报参数信息可以仅包括波束属性信息和波束数量(或波束最大数量),此时D2D收端UE根据波束属性信息的指示,上报要求数量的对应的波束质量最大或者最小的波束。再如,第一上报参数信息可以仅包括波束属性信息和波束质量门限值,此时D2D收端UE根据波束属性信息的指示,上报对应的波束质量大于或者不大于波束质量门限值的波束。It should be understood that the first reported parameter information may only include two of the three of the beam attribute information, the beam quality threshold, and the number of beams (or the maximum number of beams). For example, the first reported parameter information may only include the beam attribute information and the number of beams (or the maximum number of beams). In this case, the D2D receiving UE reports the required number of beams with the largest or smallest beam quality corresponding to the instructions of the beam attribute information. For another example, the first reported parameter information may only include the beam attribute information and the beam quality threshold. At this time, the D2D receiving end UE reports the beam with the corresponding beam quality greater than or not greater than the beam quality threshold according to the indication of the beam attribute information. .
第二上报参数信息与第一上报参数信息所包括的内容类似。第二上报参数信息可以包括下述中的一项或多项:波束属性信息;波束干扰门限值;波束数量或者波束最大数量。The second reported parameter information is similar to the content included in the first reported parameter information. The second reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam interference threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
波束属性信息的含义与第一上报参数信息中的波束属性信息的含义类似,具体可以参照上文描述。The meaning of the beam attribute information is similar to the meaning of the beam attribute information in the first reported parameter information. For details, reference may be made to the above description.
相应地,波束干扰门限值可以是RSRP、RSRQ等门限值中的一个或多个。D2D收端UE根据波束属性信息,上报对应的波束干扰(例如RSRP或RSRQ)大于波束干扰门限值的波束,或者,上报对应的波束干扰不大于波束干扰门限值的波束。或者前述两者都上报,并指明每个波束具体是波束干扰大于波束干扰门限值的波束还是波束干扰不大于波束干扰门限值的波束。波束干扰门限值可以和波速质量门限值相等,也可以不等,本申请对此不作限定。Correspondingly, the beam interference threshold may be one or more of the thresholds such as RSRP and RSRQ. According to the beam attribute information, the D2D receiving UE reports a beam whose corresponding beam interference (for example, RSRP or RSRQ) is greater than the beam interference threshold, or reports a beam whose corresponding beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold. Or report both of the foregoing, and specify whether each beam is specifically a beam whose beam interference is greater than the beam interference threshold or a beam whose beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold. The beam interference threshold may be equal to or different from the wave speed quality threshold, which is not limited in this application.
波束数量的含义与第一上报参数信息中的波束数量的含义类似,具体可以参照上文描述。波束最大数量的含义也类似,可以参照上文描述。The meaning of the number of beams is similar to the meaning of the number of beams in the first reported parameter information. For details, reference may be made to the above description. The meaning of the maximum number of beams is also similar, and you can refer to the above description.
这里,对于蜂窝UE来讲,对应的波束干扰大于波束干扰门限值的波束,以及蜂窝UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束干扰最大的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:干扰波束。Here, for the cellular UE, the corresponding beam interference is greater than the beam interference threshold, and the one or more beams with the largest beam interference fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be called: interference beams .
相应地,对应的波束干扰不大于波束干扰门限值的波束,以及蜂窝UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束干扰最小的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:非干扰波束。Correspondingly, the corresponding beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold, and the one or more beams with the smallest beam interference fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be referred to as non-interference beams.
需要说明的是,基站和D2D收端UE、蜂窝UE也可以预先约定上报参数信息(比如,第一上报参数信息、第二上报参数信息、下文中的第三上报参数信息等)所包括的内容中的一项或多项。比如,基站可以和D2D收端UE约定波束质量门限值、和蜂窝UE预先约定波束干扰门限值。再如,基站可以和D2D收端UE以及蜂窝UE预先约定波束数量或者 波束最大数量。It should be noted that the base station, D2D receiving end UE, and cellular UE may also pre-arrange the content of the reported parameter information (for example, the first reported parameter information, the second reported parameter information, the third reported parameter information below, etc.) One or more of. For example, the base station may agree on the beam quality threshold with the D2D receiving end UE, and pre-appoint the beam interference threshold with the cellular UE. For another example, the base station may pre-appoint the number of beams or the maximum number of beams with the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
本申请中,上报参数信息(比如,上报参数信息#1、上报参数信息#2、下文中的上报参数信息#3等)可通过信号状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)报告配置(Reporting Settings)发送,也可采用其它方式发送,如可通过RRC信令发送,本申请对此不作限定。In this application, report parameter information (for example, report parameter information #1, report parameter information #2, report parameter information #3 below, etc.) can be reported through the signal state information reference signal (CSI-RS) The reporting settings (Reporting Settings) can also be sent in other ways, such as sending through RRC signaling, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,上报参数信息中的内容也可以通过多条信令分别进行通知。例如,第一上报参数信息中的波束属性信息可以由CSI-RS报告配置携带,波束质量门限值由RRC信令携带,反之亦可,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。It should be noted that the content of the reported parameter information may also be notified separately through multiple pieces of signaling. For example, the beam attribute information in the first reported parameter information may be carried by the CSI-RS report configuration, and the beam quality threshold may be carried by RRC signaling, and vice versa, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
接着,D2D发端UE发送第一测量信号,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE测量第一测量信号,并上报波束测量报告。基站根据D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE上报的波束测量报告,可以确定第一目标波束。具体参见S304至S306。Then, the D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE measure the first measurement signal and report a beam measurement report. The base station can determine the first target beam according to the beam measurement reports reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE. See S304 to S306 for details.
S304,D2D发端UE在第一测量信号的发送资源上发送第一测量信号。S304: The D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE在第一测量信号的检测资源上测量第一测量信号。D2D收端UE对第一测量信号进行测量,并基于第一上报参数信息,可以确定第一波束测量报告。蜂窝UE通过对第一测量信号进行测量,并基于第二上报参数信息,可以确定第二波束测量报告。The D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE measure the first measurement signal on the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The D2D receiving UE measures the first measurement signal, and based on the first reported parameter information, can determine the first beam measurement report. The cellular UE can determine the second beam measurement report based on the second reported parameter information by measuring the first measurement signal.
其中,第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息。比如,第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和不可用波束信息,或者可以仅包括可用波束信息和不可用波束信息中的其中一者。其中,可用波束信息用于指示可用波束,不可用波束信息用于指示不可用波束。第二波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。其中,干扰波束信息用于指示干扰波束,非干扰波束用于指示非干扰波束。Wherein, the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information. For example, the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and unavailable beam information, or may include only one of available beam information and unavailable beam information. Among them, the available beam information is used to indicate an available beam, and the unavailable beam information is used to indicate an unavailable beam. The second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. Among them, the interference beam information is used to indicate the interference beam, and the non-interference beam is used to indicate the non-interference beam.
S305,D2D收端UE向基站发送第一波束测量报告,蜂窝UE向基站发送第二波束测量报告。S305: The D2D receiving end UE sends a first beam measurement report to the base station, and the cellular UE sends a second beam measurement report to the base station.
应理解,本申请并不限定第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告的反馈顺序。It should be understood that the present application does not limit the feedback sequence of the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
S306,基站根据第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告,确定第一目标波束。S306: The base station determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束属于第一波束测量报告指示的可用波束且不属于第二波束测量报告指示的干扰波束。In a possible manner, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束属于第一波束测量报告指示的可用波束且属于第二波束测量报告指示的非干扰波束。In a possible manner, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束不属于第一波束测量报告指示的不可用波束且不属于第二波束测量报告指示的干扰波束。In a possible manner, the first target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束不属于第一波束测量报告指示的不可用波束且属于第二波束测量报告指示的非干扰波束。In a possible manner, the first target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the first beam measurement report and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the second beam measurement report.
基于上述选择第一目标波束的方式,基站所选择的第一目标波束能够用于D2D通信且不会对蜂窝通信造成干扰。或者,基站所选择的第一目标波束能够用于D2D通信且对蜂窝UE的干扰低于第一门限值。Based on the foregoing method of selecting the first target beam, the first target beam selected by the base station can be used for D2D communication without causing interference to cellular communication. Or, the first target beam selected by the base station can be used for D2D communication and the interference to the cellular UE is lower than the first threshold.
S307,基站向D2D发端UE发送第一波束指示信息。S307: The base station sends the first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE.
该步骤与S220相同,具体可以参考上文中对S220所作的说明。比如,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,第一目标波束可以包括一个或多个波束。This step is the same as S220. For details, please refer to the description of S220 above. For example, the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam, and the first target beam may include one or more beams.
根据本申请提供的通信方法,基站可以调度D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的下行资源。并且,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE可以分别对D2D发端UE发送的测量信号进行测量并分别上报波束测量报告,基站可以基于D2D通信的可用或不可用波束和蜂窝通信的干扰波束或非干扰波束,为D2D发端UE配置最终用于D2D通信的波束(即,第一目标波束)。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面能够减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信造成的干扰。According to the communication method provided in this application, the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication. In addition, the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE can respectively measure the measurement signals sent by the D2D originating UE and report beam measurement reports respectively. The base station can be based on the available or unavailable beams of D2D communication and the interfering beams or non-interfering beams of cellular communication, The D2D originating UE is configured with a beam that is finally used for D2D communication (ie, the first target beam). This can improve spectrum utilization on the one hand, and reduce or avoid interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communications on the other hand.
应理解,下文在描述本申请提供的其他实施例时,不再对上文中已经作过说明的地方,进行重复说明。It should be understood that when describing other embodiments provided in the present application below, the parts that have been explained above will not be repeated.
图5是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图。该方法可以应用于D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的下行资源的场景。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
参见图5,在该方法中,D2D发端UE发送测量信号,D2D收端UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得D2D通信的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息。并且,D2D收端UE通过测量D2D发端UE或者基站发送的定位参考信号,可以确定自己的位置信息。D2D收端UE向基站上报可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息以及自己的位置信息,基站可以根据D2D收端UE上报的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息、D2D收端UE的位置信息以及蜂窝UE的位置信息,确定第一目标波束。Referring to FIG. 5, in this method, the D2D originating UE sends a measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE can obtain the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information of the D2D communication by measuring the measurement signal. In addition, the D2D receiving UE can determine its own location information by measuring the positioning reference signal sent by the D2D sending UE or the base station. The D2D receiving end UE reports available beam information and/or unavailable beam information and its own location information to the base station. The base station can report the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information reported by the D2D receiving end UE and the location information of the D2D receiving end UE. And the location information of the cellular UE to determine the first target beam.
下面,结合图6所示的通信方法400对此进行详细描述。Hereinafter, this will be described in detail with reference to the communication method 400 shown in FIG. 6.
图6是本申请提供的通信方法400的示例性流程图。以下对图6所示的各步骤进行说明。FIG. 6 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 6 will be described below.
S401,基站向蜂窝UE配置下行资源(即,目标传输资源的一例),并调度D2D发端UE在该下行资源上进行侧行链路发送。S401: The base station configures a downlink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for a cellular UE, and schedules the D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
此步骤与S301相同,可以参照上文对S301所作的说明。This step is the same as S301, and you can refer to the description of S301 above.
S402,基站向D2D发端UE配置第一测量信号的发送资源。S402: The base station configures the transmission resource of the first measurement signal to the D2D originating UE.
此步骤与S302相同,可以参照上文对S302所作的说明。This step is the same as S302, and you can refer to the description of S302 above.
S403,基站向D2D收端UE配置第一测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。S403: The base station configures the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving end UE.
此步骤可以参见S303。与S303不同的是,S403中并不需要向蜂窝UE配置第一测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。Refer to S303 for this step. The difference from S303 is that in S403, it is not necessary to configure the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the cellular UE.
S404,D2D发端UE在第一测量信号的发送资源上发送第一测量信号。S404: The D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
D2D收端UE对第一测量信号进行测量,并基于第一上报参数信息,确定第一波束测量报告。其中,第一波束测量报告如上文所述,可以包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息。The D2D receiving end UE measures the first measurement signal, and determines the first beam measurement report based on the first reported parameter information. Wherein, the first beam measurement report, as described above, may include available beam information and/or unavailable beam information.
S405,D2D收端UE向基站发送第一波束测量报告和第一定位信息。S405: The D2D receiving end UE sends the first beam measurement report and the first positioning information to the base station.
其中,第一定位信息为D2D收端UE的位置信息。本申请中,D2D收端UE可以基于D2D发端UE发送的定位参考信号(positioning reference signals,PRS)或者基站发送的定位参考信号,测量得到第一定位信息。具体D2D收端UE如何对定位参考信号进行测量,以及如何根据测量结果确定D2D收端UE的位置信息,可以参考现有技术。同时,应理解,第一定位信息也可以通过其他定位方式获得,本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, the first positioning information is the location information of the D2D receiving end UE. In this application, the D2D receiving UE may measure the first positioning information based on the positioning reference signals (positioning reference signals, PRS) sent by the D2D sending UE or the positioning reference signals sent by the base station. For details on how the D2D receiving end UE measures the positioning reference signal, and how to determine the location information of the D2D receiving end UE according to the measurement result, reference may be made to the prior art. At the same time, it should be understood that the first positioning information may also be obtained through other positioning methods, which is not limited in this application.
S406,基站根据第一波束测量报告、D2D收端UE的位置信息和蜂窝UE的位置信息, 确定第一目标波束。S406: The base station determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
具体地,基站可以根据D2D收端UE的位置信息和蜂窝UE的位置信息,获知蜂窝UE相对于D2D收端UE的位置,从而可以结合第一波束测量报告,确定第一目标波束。示例性的,蜂窝UE通过测量基站发送的定位参考信号可以确定其位置信息,并且可以将其位置信息上报给基站。应理解,蜂窝UE的位置信息也可以采用其他的定位方式获得。Specifically, the base station can learn the position of the cellular UE relative to the D2D receiving UE according to the location information of the D2D receiving UE and the location information of the cellular UE, so that the first target beam can be determined in combination with the first beam measurement report. Exemplarily, the cellular UE can determine its location information by measuring the positioning reference signal sent by the base station, and can report its location information to the base station. It should be understood that the location information of the cellular UE may also be obtained by other positioning methods.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束属于第一波束测量报告所指示的可用波束,且第一目标波束不会指向蜂窝UE。In a possible manner, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the cellular UE.
另一种可能的方式,第一目标波束不属于第一波束测量报告所指示的不可用波束,且第一目标波束不会指向蜂窝UE。In another possible manner, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the first beam measurement report, and the first target beam does not point to the cellular UE.
S407,基站向D2D发端UE发送第一波束指示信息。S407: The base station sends the first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE.
该步骤与S220相同,具体可以参考上文中对S220所作的说明。比如,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,第一目标波束可以包括一个或多个波束。This step is the same as S220. For details, please refer to the description of S220 above. For example, the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam, and the first target beam may include one or more beams.
根据本申请提供的通信方法,基站可以调度D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的下行资源上。并且,D2D收端UE对D2D发端UE发送的测量信号进行测量并上报波束测量报告,以及通过对定位参考信号测量确定并上报其位置信息。基站可以基于D2D收端UE上报的波束测量报告、D2D收端UE的位置信息和蜂窝UE的位置信息,为D2D发端UE配置最终用于D2D通信的波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信造成的干扰。According to the communication method provided in this application, the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication. In addition, the D2D receiving end UE measures the measurement signal sent by the D2D originating UE and reports the beam measurement report, and determines and reports its position information by measuring the positioning reference signal. The base station can configure the D2D originating UE with beams that are ultimately used for D2D communication based on the beam measurement report reported by the D2D receiving UE, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
图7是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图。该方法可以应用于D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的上行资源的场景。Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the uplink resources of cellular communication.
参见图7,在该方法中,D2D发端UE发送测量信号,D2D收端UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,并且将所获得的波束信息上报给基站。基站通过对该测量信号进行测量可以获得干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。基站可以根据其确定的干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息和D2D收端UE上报的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,确定第一目标波束。Referring to Figure 7, in this method, the D2D originating UE sends a measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE can obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to Base station. The base station can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal. The base station may determine the first target beam according to its determined interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information and available beam information and/or unavailable beam information reported by the D2D receiving UE.
下面,结合图8所示的通信方法500对此进行详细描述。Hereinafter, this will be described in detail with reference to the communication method 500 shown in FIG. 8.
图8是本申请提供的通信方法500的示例性流程图。以下对图5所示的各步骤进行说明。FIG. 8 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 5 will be described below.
S501,基站向蜂窝UE配置上行资源(即,目标传输资源的一例),并调度D2D发端UE在该下行资源上进行侧行链路发送。S501: The base station configures an uplink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for a cellular UE, and schedules a D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
该步骤与S301和S401类似,不同的是,S301中基站配置的是下行资源,这里基站配置的是上行资源。This step is similar to S301 and S401, except that the base station in S301 configures downlink resources, and here the base station configures uplink resources.
S502,基站向D2D发端UE配置第一测量信号的发送资源。S502: The base station configures the transmission resource of the first measurement signal to the D2D originating UE.
此步骤与S302相同,可以参照上文对S302所作的说明。This step is the same as S302, and you can refer to the description of S302 above.
S503,基站向D2D收端UE配置第一测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。S503: The base station configures the detection resource of the first measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving end UE.
此步骤与S403相同,具体可以参见S403。This step is the same as S403. For details, please refer to S403.
S504,D2D发端UE在第一测量信号的发送资源上发送第一测量信号。S504: The D2D originating UE sends the first measurement signal on the transmission resource of the first measurement signal.
S505,D2D收端UE向基站发送第一波束测量报告。S505: The D2D receiving end UE sends a first beam measurement report to the base station.
此步骤与S305类似,不同的是,这里蜂窝UE不需要向基站上报测量报告。This step is similar to S305, except that the cellular UE does not need to report a measurement report to the base station.
S506,基站根据第一波束测量报告和自己对第一测量信号进行测量得到的干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息,确定第一目标波束。S506: The base station determines the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information obtained by measuring the first measurement signal by itself.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束属于可用波束且不属于干扰波束。In a possible way, the first target beam belongs to the available beam and does not belong to the interference beam.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束属于可用波束且属于非干扰波束。In a possible manner, the first target beam belongs to an available beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束且不属于干扰波束。In a possible manner, the first target beam does not belong to an unusable beam and does not belong to an interference beam.
一种可能的方式,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束且属于非干扰波束。In a possible way, the first target beam does not belong to an unusable beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
基于上述选择第一目标波束的方式,基站所选择的第一目标波束能够用于D2D通信,且第一目标波束不会对基站的接收造成干扰或者第一目标波束对基站的干扰低于第二门限值。Based on the above method of selecting the first target beam, the first target beam selected by the base station can be used for D2D communication, and the first target beam will not cause interference to the reception of the base station or the interference of the first target beam to the base station is lower than that of the second target beam. Threshold value.
可以理解,这里的第一门限值和上文所描述的第二门限值可以相等,也可以不等。It can be understood that the first threshold here and the second threshold described above may be equal or different.
应理解,基站获得的干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息与前文描述的蜂窝UE对第一测量参考信号进行测量得到的干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息类似,这里不再详细说明。It should be understood that the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information obtained by the base station is similar to the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information obtained by the cellular UE measuring the first measurement reference signal described above, and will not be described in detail here.
S509,基站向D2D发端UE发送第一波束指示信息。S509: The base station sends the first beam indication information to the D2D originating UE.
该步骤与S220相同,具体可以参考上文中对S220所作的说明。比如,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,第一目标波束可以包括一个或多个波束。This step is the same as S220. For details, please refer to the description of S220 above. For example, the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam, and the first target beam may include one or more beams.
根据本申请提供的通信方法,基站可以调度D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的上行资源上。并且,基站可以基于D2D收端UE对D2D发端UE发送的测量信号进行测量得到的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,以及基站对D2D发端UE发送的测量信号进行测量得到的干扰波束或非干扰波束,向D2D发端UE配置最终用于D2D通信的波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免D2D通信对蜂窝通信造成的干扰。According to the communication method provided in this application, the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the uplink resources of the cellular communication. In addition, the base station may be based on the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information obtained by the D2D receiving UE measuring the measurement signal sent by the D2D sending UE, and the interference beam or non-interference beam obtained by the base station measuring the measurement signal sent by the D2D sending UE. For interference beams, the D2D originating UE is configured with beams that are ultimately used for D2D communication. This way, on the one hand, the spectrum utilization can be improved, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by D2D communication to cellular communication.
上文中主要描述了基站为D2D通信配置波束的方案,下文中将介绍基站为蜂窝通信确定波束的方案。应理解,这两种方案可以结合使用,也可以独立应用。The above mainly describes the scheme for the base station to configure the beam for D2D communication, and the scheme for the base station to determine the beam for cellular communication will be introduced below. It should be understood that these two solutions can be used in combination or independently applied.
图9是本申请提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。如图9所示,该方法600包括S610和S620。以下,对各步骤进行详细说明。Fig. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method 600 includes S610 and S620. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail.
S610,基站确定第二目标波束。S610: The base station determines the second target beam.
第二目标波束为蜂窝UE在目标传输资源上与基站之间传输时使用的波束,第二目标波束可以包括一个或多个波束。目标传输资源为基站与蜂窝UE之间传输时使用的时频资源。The second target beam is a beam used by the cellular UE during transmission between the cellular UE and the base station on the target transmission resource, and the second target beam may include one or more beams. The target transmission resource is the time-frequency resource used for transmission between the base station and the cellular UE.
具体地,若目标传输资源为下行资源,即D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的下行时频资源时,第二目标波束为基站在目标传输资源上向蜂窝UE发送时使用的波束。若目标传输资源为上行资源,即D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的上行时频资源时,第二目标波束为蜂窝UE在目标传输资源上向基站发送时使用的波束。Specifically, if the target transmission resource is a downlink resource, that is, when D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink time-frequency resource of cellular communication, the second target beam is a beam used by the base station when transmitting to the cellular UE on the target transmission resource. If the target transmission resource is an uplink resource, that is, when D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the uplink time-frequency resource of cellular communication, the second target beam is the beam used by the cellular UE when transmitting to the base station on the target transmission resource.
若第二目标波束为蜂窝UE在目标传输资源上向基站发送时使用的波束,该方法还可以包括S620。If the second target beam is a beam used by the cellular UE when transmitting to the base station on the target transmission resource, the method may further include S620.
S620,基站向蜂窝UE发送第二波束指示信息。第二波束指示信息用于指示第二目标波束。S620: The base station sends second beam indication information to the cellular UE. The second beam indication information is used to indicate the second target beam.
相应地,蜂窝UE接收第二波束指示信息,蜂窝UE可以根据第二波束指示信息,确 定第二目标波束,从而可以使用第二目标波束进行接收。Correspondingly, the cellular UE receives the second beam indication information, and the cellular UE can determine the second target beam according to the second beam indication information, so that the second target beam can be used for reception.
本申请提供的通信方法,一方面,D2D通信既可以复用蜂窝通信上行资源,也可以复用蜂窝通信的下行资源,频谱利用率较高。另一方面,通过由基站确定蜂窝通信使用的波束(复用下行资源的场景),或者由基站向蜂窝UE配置蜂窝通信使用的波束(复用上行资源的场景),有利于减小甚至避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。In the communication method provided in this application, on the one hand, D2D communication can reuse both the uplink resources of cellular communication and the downlink resources of cellular communication, and the spectrum utilization rate is relatively high. On the other hand, the base station determines the beam used for cellular communication (the scenario of multiplexing downlink resources), or the base station configures the beam used for cellular communication (the scenario of multiplexing uplink resources) to the cellular UE, which is beneficial to reduce or even avoid cellular Interference caused by communication to D2D communication.
以下将结合图10至图15,对图9所示的方法进行详细说明。The method shown in FIG. 9 will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 10 to FIG. 15.
图10是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图。该方法可以应用于D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的下行资源的场景。Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
参见图10,在该方法中,基站发送测量信号,蜂窝UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得蜂窝通信的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,并且将所获得的波束信息上报给基站。D2D收端UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息,并且将所获得的波束信息上报给基站。基站可以根据D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE上报的波束信息,确定第二目标波束。Referring to Figure 10, in this method, the base station sends a measurement signal, and the cellular UE can obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information for cellular communication by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to the base station . The D2D receiving end UE can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and report the obtained beam information to the base station. The base station may determine the second target beam according to the beam information reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
下面,结合图11所示的通信方法700对此进行详细描述。Hereinafter, this will be described in detail with reference to the communication method 700 shown in FIG. 11.
图11是本申请提供的通信方法700的示例性流程图。以下对图11所示的各步骤进行说明。FIG. 11 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 700 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 11 will be described below.
S701,基站向蜂窝UE配置下行资源(即,目标传输资源的一例),并调度D2D发端UE在该下行资源上进行侧行链路发送。S701: The base station configures a downlink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) to a cellular UE, and schedules a D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
此步骤与S301相同,可以参照上文对S301所作的说明。This step is the same as S301, and you can refer to the description of S301 above.
接下来,基站可以配置测量信号的检测资源、波束测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。具体参见S702至S703。应理解,本申请并不限定测量信号的检测资源、波束测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数的顺序,也不限定配置同一类型的参数(比如,测量信号的检测资源)时,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE的配置先后顺序。Next, the base station can configure detection resources for measurement signals, reporting resources for beam measurement reports, and reporting parameters. See S702 to S703 for details. It should be understood that this application does not limit the detection resources of the measurement signal, the reporting resources of the beam measurement report, and the sequence of reporting parameters, nor does it limit the configuration of the same type of parameters (for example, the detection resources of the measurement signal), the D2D receiving end UE and The sequence of cellular UE configuration.
S702,基站向D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE配置第二测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。S702: The base station configures the detection resource of the second measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE.
(1)基站配置第二测量信号的检测资源(1) The base station configures the detection resources of the second measurement signal
示例性的,基站可以向D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示第二测量信号的检测资源,第二测量信号的检测资源用于D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE对基站发送的第二测量信号进行测量。Exemplarily, the base station may send third indication information to the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE, the third indication information indicates the detection resource of the second measurement signal, and the detection resource of the second measurement signal is used for the pairing of the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE. The second measurement signal sent by the base station is measured.
(2)基站配置测量报告的上报资源(2) The base station configures the reporting resources of the measurement report
比如,基站可以向蜂窝UE发送第三上报资源信息,向D2D收端UE发送第四上报资源信息。其中,第三上报资源信息指示第三上报资源,蜂窝UE可以在第三上报资源上,向基站上报对第二测量信号进行测量得到的波束测量报告。第四上报资源信息指示第四上报资源,D2D收端UE可以在第四上报资源上,向基站上报对第二测量信号进行测量得到的波束测量报告。For example, the base station may send the third reported resource information to the cellular UE, and send the fourth reported resource information to the D2D receiving end UE. Wherein, the third reported resource information indicates the third reported resource, and the cellular UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the second measurement signal to the base station on the third reported resource. The fourth report resource information indicates the fourth report resource, and the D2D receiving end UE may report the beam measurement report obtained by measuring the second measurement signal to the base station on the fourth report resource.
(3)基站配置上报参数(3) Base station configuration report parameters
比如,基站可以向蜂窝UE发送第三上报参数信息,向D2D收端UE发送第四上报参数信息。其中,第三上报参数信息用于蜂窝UE确定对第二测量信号进行测量后所需要上报的内容。第四上报参数用于D2D收端UE确定对第二测量信号进行测量后所需要上报 的内容。For example, the base station may send the third reported parameter information to the cellular UE, and send the fourth reported parameter information to the D2D receiving end UE. The third reported parameter information is used by the cellular UE to determine the content that needs to be reported after measuring the second measurement signal. The fourth report parameter is used by the D2D receiving end UE to determine what needs to be reported after measuring the second measurement signal.
应理解,该方法中,基站配置第二测量信号的检测资源,可以参考方法300中对基站配置第一测量信号的检测资源所作的说明,比如第三指示信息可以为多个CRI。基站为蜂窝UE配置测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数,可以参考方法300中对基站为D2D收端UE配置测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数所作的说明,基站为D2D收端UE配置测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数可以参考方法300中对基站为蜂窝UE配置测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数所作的说明。比如,第三上报参数信息可以包括下述中的一项或多项:波束属性信息;波束质量门限值;波束数量或者波束最大数量。第四上报参数信息可以包括下述中的一项或多项:波束属性信息;波束干扰门限值;波束数量或者波束最大数量。应理解,在该方法中,对于蜂窝UE来讲,对应的波束质量大于波束质量门限值的波束,以及蜂窝UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束质量最好的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:可用波束。相应地,对应的波束质量不大于波束质量门限值的波束,以及蜂窝UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束质量最差的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:不可用波束。对于D2D收端UE来讲,对应的波束干扰大于波束干扰门限值的波束,以及D2D收端UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束干扰最大的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:干扰波束。相应地,对应的波束干扰不大于波束干扰门限值的波束,以及D2D收端UE基于波束数量或者波束最大数量反馈的波束干扰最小的一个或多个波束,都可以称为:非干扰波束。It should be understood that in this method, for the base station to configure the detection resource of the second measurement signal, refer to the description of the method 300 for configuring the detection resource of the first measurement signal by the base station. For example, the third indication information may be multiple CRIs. The base station configures the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the cellular UE. You can refer to the description of the method 300 for the base station to configure the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the D2D receiving UE. The base station configures the report of the measurement report for the D2D receiving UE. For resources and reporting parameters, reference may be made to the description of the reporting resources and reporting parameters for the base station to configure measurement reports for the cellular UE in the method 300. For example, the third reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam quality threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams. The fourth reported parameter information may include one or more of the following: beam attribute information; beam interference threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams. It should be understood that in this method, for the cellular UE, the corresponding beam quality is greater than the beam quality threshold, and the one or more beams with the best beam quality fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams, Both can be called: available beams. Correspondingly, the corresponding beams whose beam quality is not greater than the beam quality threshold and the one or more beams with the worst beam quality fed back by the cellular UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be referred to as unusable beams. For the D2D receiving end UE, the corresponding beam interference is greater than the beam interference threshold, and the D2D receiving end UE feedbacks based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams feedback the one or more beams with the largest beam interference, all can be called: Interfering beam. Correspondingly, the corresponding beams whose beam interference is not greater than the beam interference threshold, and the one or more beams with the smallest beam interference fed back by the D2D receiving UE based on the number of beams or the maximum number of beams can all be called non-interfering beams.
接着,基站发送第二测量信号,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE测量第二测量信号,并上报波束测量报告。基站根据D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE上报的波束测量报告,可以确定第二目标波束。具体参见S703至S705。Then, the base station sends the second measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE measure the second measurement signal, and report a beam measurement report. The base station can determine the second target beam according to the beam measurement reports reported by the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE. See S703 to S705 for details.
S703,基站在第二测量信号的发送资源上发送第二测量信号。S703: The base station sends the second measurement signal on the transmission resource of the second measurement signal.
相应地,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE在第二测量信号的检测资源上检测第二测量信号。Correspondingly, the D2D receiving end UE and the cellular UE detect the second measurement signal on the detection resource of the second measurement signal.
蜂窝UE通过对第二测量信号进行测量,并基于第三上报参数信息,确定第三波束测量报告。D2D收端UE对第二测量信号进行测量,并基于第四上报参数信息,确定第四波束测量报告。The cellular UE measures the second measurement signal and determines the third beam measurement report based on the third reported parameter information. The D2D receiving end UE measures the second measurement signal, and determines a fourth beam measurement report based on the fourth reported parameter information.
其中,第三波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息。比如,第三波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和不可用波束信息,或者可以仅包括第三波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和不可用波束信息中的其中一者。其中,可用波束信息用于指示可用波束,不可用波束信息用于指示不可用波束。第四波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。其中,干扰波束信息用于指示干扰波束,非干扰波束用于指示非干扰波束。Wherein, the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information. For example, the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and unavailable beam information, or may only include the third beam measurement report including one of available beam information and unavailable beam information. Among them, the available beam information is used to indicate an available beam, and the unavailable beam information is used to indicate an unavailable beam. The fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. Among them, the interference beam information is used to indicate the interference beam, and the non-interference beam is used to indicate the non-interference beam.
S704,蜂窝UE向基站发送第三波束测量报告,D2D收端UE向基站发送第四波束测量报告。S704: The cellular UE sends a third beam measurement report to the base station, and the D2D receiving end UE sends a fourth beam measurement report to the base station.
应理解,本申请并不限定第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告的反馈顺序。It should be understood that the present application does not limit the feedback sequence of the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
S705,基站根据第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告,确定第二目标波束。S705: The base station determines the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束属于第三波束测量报告指示的可用波束,且不属于第四波束测量报告指示的干扰波束。In a possible manner, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束属于第三波束测量报告指示的可用波束,且属于第四波束测量报告指示的非干扰波束。In a possible manner, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束不属于第三波束测量报告指示的不可用波束,且不属于第四波束测量报告指示的干扰波束。In a possible manner, the second target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束不属于第三波束测量报告指示的不可用波束,且属于第四波束测量报告指示的非干扰波束。In a possible manner, the second target beam does not belong to the unusable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the fourth beam measurement report.
基于上述选择第二目标波束的方式,基站所选择的第二目标波束能够用于蜂窝通信,且不会对D2D通信造成干扰或者对D2D通信的干扰较小。Based on the foregoing manner of selecting the second target beam, the second target beam selected by the base station can be used for cellular communication without causing interference to D2D communication or having less interference to D2D communication.
根据本申请提供的通信方法,基站可以调度D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的下行资源。并且,D2D收端UE和蜂窝UE可以分别对基站发送的测量信号进行测量并分别上报波束测量报告,基站可以基于蜂窝通信的可用和/或不可用波束以及D2D通信的干扰波束和/或非干扰波束,确定最终用于蜂窝通信的波束(即,第二目标波束)。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。According to the communication method provided in this application, the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication. In addition, the D2D receiving UE and the cellular UE can measure the measurement signals sent by the base station and report the beam measurement reports respectively. The base station can be based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interfering and/or non-interfering beams of D2D communication. The beam determines the beam that is ultimately used for cellular communication (ie, the second target beam). On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
图12是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图。该方法可以应用于D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的下行资源的场景。Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the downlink resources of cellular communication.
参见图12,在该方法中,基站发送测量信号,蜂窝UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得蜂窝通信的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息。基站可以根据蜂窝UE上报的波束信息、D2D收端UE的位置信息以及蜂窝UE的位置信息,确定第二目标波束。Referring to FIG. 12, in this method, the base station sends a measurement signal, and the cellular UE can obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information for cellular communication by measuring the measurement signal. The base station may determine the second target beam according to the beam information reported by the cellular UE, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
下面,结合图13所示的通信方法800对此进行详细描述。Hereinafter, this will be described in detail with reference to the communication method 800 shown in FIG. 13.
图13是本申请提供的通信方法800的示例性流程图。以下对图13所示的各步骤进行说明。FIG. 13 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 800 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 13 will be described below.
S801,基站向蜂窝UE配置下行资源,并调度D2D发端UE在该下行资源上进行侧行链路发送。S801: The base station configures a downlink resource for the cellular UE, and schedules the D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
此步骤与S701相同。This step is the same as S701.
S802,基站向蜂窝UE配置第二测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。S802: The base station configures the detection resource of the second measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the cellular UE.
此步骤可以参见S702。与S702不同的是,S802中并不需要向D2D收端UE配置第二测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。Refer to S702 for this step. Different from S702, in S802, it is not necessary to configure the detection resource of the second measurement signal, the reporting resource of the measurement report, and the reporting parameter to the D2D receiving UE.
另外,该步骤中,基站还可以向D2D收端UE发送定位参考信号的检测资源。D2D收端UE可以通过在定位参考信号的检测资源上检测基站发送的定位参考信号,确定第一定位信息,即D2D收端UE的位置信息。应理解,定位参考信号也可以由D2D发端UE发送,本申请对此不作限定。In addition, in this step, the base station may also send the detection resource of the positioning reference signal to the D2D receiving end UE. The D2D receiving UE can determine the first positioning information, that is, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, by detecting the positioning reference signal sent by the base station on the detection resource of the positioning reference signal. It should be understood that the positioning reference signal may also be sent by the D2D originating UE, which is not limited in this application.
S803,基站发送定位参考信号,并在第二测量信号的发送资源上发送第二测量信号。S803: The base station sends a positioning reference signal, and sends a second measurement signal on the sending resource of the second measurement signal.
S804,蜂窝UE向基站发送第三波束测量报告,D2D收端UE向基站报告第一定位信息。S804: The cellular UE sends a third beam measurement report to the base station, and the D2D receiving end UE reports the first positioning information to the base station.
S805,基站根据第三波束测量报告、D2D收端UE的位置信息和蜂窝UE的位置信息,确定第二目标波束。S805: The base station determines the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE.
具体地,基站可以根据D2D收端UE的位置信息和蜂窝UE的位置信息,获知蜂窝UE相对于D2D收端UE的位置,从而可以结合第三波束测量报告,确定第二目标波束。其中,蜂窝UE通过测量基站发送的定位参考信号可以确定其位置信息。Specifically, the base station can learn the position of the cellular UE relative to the D2D receiving UE according to the location information of the D2D receiving UE and the location information of the cellular UE, so that the second target beam can be determined in combination with the third beam measurement report. Among them, the cellular UE can determine its location information by measuring the positioning reference signal sent by the base station.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束属于第三波束测量报告所指示的可用波束,且第二目 标波束不会指向D2D收端UE。In a possible way, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the D2D receiving UE.
另一种可能的方式,第二目标波束不属于第三波束测量报告所指示的不可用波束,且第二目标波束不会指向D2D收端UE。In another possible manner, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the third beam measurement report, and the second target beam does not point to the D2D receiving end UE.
根据本申请提供的通信方法,基站可以调度D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的下行资源。并且,蜂窝UE可以对基站发送的测量信号进行测量并上报波束测量报告,基站可以基于蜂窝通信的可用和/或不可用波束、D2D收端UE的位置信息以及蜂窝UE的位置信息,确定最终用于蜂窝通信的波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。According to the communication method provided in this application, the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the downlink resources of cellular communication. In addition, the cellular UE can measure the measurement signal sent by the base station and report the beam measurement report. The base station can determine the final use based on the available and/or unavailable beams of cellular communication, the location information of the D2D receiving UE, and the location information of the cellular UE. The beam for cellular communication. On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
图14是本申请提供的一个通信方法的示意图。该方法可以应用于D2D通信和蜂窝通信复用蜂窝通信的上行资源的场景。Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. This method can be applied to scenarios where D2D communication and cellular communication multiplex the uplink resources of cellular communication.
参见图14,在该方法中,蜂窝UE发送测量信号,D2D收端UE通过对该测量信号进行测量,可以获得干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息,基站可以对蜂窝UE发送的测量信号的测量,获得蜂窝通信的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息。基站可以基于该可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息以及干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息,确定第二目标波束。Referring to Figure 14, in this method, the cellular UE sends a measurement signal, and the D2D receiving UE can obtain interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information by measuring the measurement signal, and the base station can measure the measurement signal sent by the cellular UE. Measure to obtain available beam information and/or unavailable beam information for cellular communication. The base station may determine the second target beam based on the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information and the interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information.
下面,结合图15所示的通信方法900对此进行详细描述。Hereinafter, this will be described in detail with reference to the communication method 900 shown in FIG. 15.
图15是本申请提供的通信方法900的示例性流程图。以下对图15所示的各步骤进行说明。FIG. 15 is an exemplary flowchart of a communication method 900 provided by the present application. The steps shown in FIG. 15 will be described below.
S901,基站向蜂窝UE配置上行资源(即,目标传输资源的一例),并调度D2D发端UE在该下行资源上进行侧行链路发送。S901: The base station configures an uplink resource (that is, an example of a target transmission resource) for a cellular UE, and schedules a D2D originating UE to perform sidelink transmission on the downlink resource.
该步骤与S501相同,可以参见S501。This step is the same as S501, please refer to S501.
S902,基站向蜂窝UE配置第三测量信号的发送资源。S902: The base station configures the transmission resource of the third measurement signal to the cellular UE.
比如,基站可以向蜂窝UE发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息可以指示第三测量的发送资源。For example, the base station may send fourth indication information to the cellular UE, and the fourth indication information may indicate the transmission resource of the third measurement.
第三测量信号的发送资源的配置与方法300中的第一测量信号的发送资源的配置类似,比如,第四指示信息可以为多个CRI,这里不再详述。The configuration of the transmission resource of the third measurement signal is similar to the configuration of the transmission resource of the first measurement signal in the method 300. For example, the fourth indication information may be multiple CRIs, which will not be described in detail here.
S903,基站向D2D收端UE配置第三测量信号的检测资源、测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数。S903: The base station configures the detection resource of the third measurement signal, the report resource of the measurement report, and the report parameter to the D2D receiving end UE.
(1)基站配置第三测量信号的检测资源。(1) The base station configures the detection resources of the third measurement signal.
示例性的,基站可以向D2D收端UE发送第五指示信息,第五指示信息指示第三测量信号的检测资源,第三测量信号的检测资源用于D2D收端UE对蜂窝UE发送的第三测量信号进行检测。Exemplarily, the base station may send fifth indication information to the D2D receiving end UE. The fifth indication information indicates the detection resource of the third measurement signal. The detection resource of the third measurement signal is used for the third measurement signal sent by the D2D receiving end UE to the cellular UE. Measure the signal for detection.
(2)基站配置测量报告的上报资源(2) The base station configures the reporting resources of the measurement report
比如,基站可以向D2D收端UE发送第五上报资源信息,第五上报资源信息指示第五上报资源,D2D收端UE可以在第五上报资源上,向基站对第三测量信号进行测量得到的波束测量报告。For example, the base station may send fifth reported resource information to the D2D receiving end UE, the fifth reported resource information indicates the fifth reported resource, and the D2D receiving end UE may measure the third measurement signal to the base station on the fifth reported resource. Beam measurement report.
(3)基站配置上报参数(3) Base station configuration report parameters
比如,基站可以向D2D收端UE发送第五上报参数信息,第五上报参数用于D2D收端UE确定对第三测量信号进行测量后所需要上报的内容。For example, the base station may send fifth report parameter information to the D2D receiving end UE, and the fifth report parameter is used for the D2D receiving end UE to determine what needs to be reported after measuring the third measurement signal.
应理解,该方法中,基站配置第三测量信号的检测资源,可以参考方法300中对基站 配置第一测量信号的检测资源所作的说明,比如第五指示信息可以包括多个CRI。基站为D2D收端UE配置测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数,可以参考方法300中对基站为蜂窝UE配置测量报告的上报资源以及上报参数所作的说明,比如第五上报参数信息可以包括下述中的一项或多项:波束属性信息;波束干扰门限值;波束数量或者波束最大数量。It should be understood that in this method, for the base station to configure the detection resource of the third measurement signal, refer to the description of the method 300 for configuring the detection resource of the first measurement signal by the base station. For example, the fifth indication information may include multiple CRIs. The base station configures the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the D2D receiving end UE. You can refer to the description of the method 300 for the base station to configure the report resources and report parameters of the measurement report for the cellular UE. For example, the fifth report parameter information may include the following One or more of: beam attribute information; beam interference threshold; number of beams or maximum number of beams.
S904,蜂窝UE在第三测量信号的发送资源上发送第三测量信号。S904: The cellular UE sends the third measurement signal on the transmission resource of the third measurement signal.
相应地,D2D收端UE在第三测量信号的检测资源上测量第三测量信号。D2D收端UE对第三测量信号进行测量,并基于第五上报参数信息,确定第五波束测量报告。其中,第五波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。其中,干扰波束信息用于指示干扰波束,非干扰波束用于指示非干扰波束。Correspondingly, the D2D receiving end UE measures the third measurement signal on the detection resource of the third measurement signal. The D2D receiving end UE measures the third measurement signal, and determines the fifth beam measurement report based on the fifth reported parameter information. Wherein, the fifth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. Among them, the interference beam information is used to indicate the interference beam, and the non-interference beam is used to indicate the non-interference beam.
S905,D2D收端UE上报第五波束测量报告。S905: The D2D receiving end UE reports the fifth beam measurement report.
S906,基站根据第五波束测量报告、自己对第三测量信号进行测量接到的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,确定第二目标波束。S906: The base station determines the second target beam according to the fifth beam measurement report and the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information received by measuring the third measurement signal by itself.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束属于可用波束且不属于干扰波束。In a possible way, the second target beam belongs to the available beam and does not belong to the interference beam.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束属于可用波束且属于非干扰波束。In a possible way, the second target beam belongs to an available beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束不属于不可用波束且不属于干扰波束。In a possible way, the second target beam does not belong to an unusable beam and does not belong to an interference beam.
一种可能的方式,第二目标波束不属于不可用波束且属于非干扰波束。In a possible way, the second target beam is not an unusable beam and belongs to a non-interfering beam.
S907,基站向蜂窝UE发送第二波束指示信息。S907: The base station sends second beam indication information to the cellular UE.
该步骤与S620相同,具体可以参照S620。比如,第二波束指示信息用于指示第二目标波束,第二目标波束可以包括一个或多个波束。This step is the same as S620. For details, refer to S620. For example, the second beam indication information is used to indicate the second target beam, and the second target beam may include one or more beams.
根据本申请提供的通信方法,基站可以调度D2D发端UE复用蜂窝通信的上行资源。并且,D2D收端UE和基站可以分别对蜂窝UE发送的测量信号进行测量,基站可以基于蜂窝通信的可用或/或不可用波束以及D2D通信的干扰波束和/或非干扰波束,为蜂窝UE配置最终用于蜂窝通信的波束。这样一方面能够提高频谱利用率,另一方面有利于减小或避免蜂窝通信对D2D通信造成的干扰。According to the communication method provided in the present application, the base station can schedule the D2D originating UE to reuse the uplink resources of the cellular communication. In addition, the D2D receiving end UE and the base station can respectively measure the measurement signal sent by the cellular UE. The base station can configure the cellular UE based on the available or/or unavailable beams of cellular communication and the interference beam and/or non-interference beam of D2D communication. The beam ultimately used for cellular communications. On the one hand, this can improve spectrum utilization, and on the other hand, it is beneficial to reduce or avoid the interference caused by cellular communication to D2D communication.
以上,结合图2至图15详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图16至图18详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIG. 2 to FIG. 15. Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18.
图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图16所示,该通信装置1000可以包括处理单元1010和收发单元1020。FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, the communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1010 and a transceiving unit 1020.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法实施例中的基站。In a possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
具体地,该处理单元1010用于确定第一目标波束,第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,目标传输资源为通信装置1000与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源。收发单元1020用于向第一设备发送第一波束指示信息,第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束。Specifically, the processing unit 1010 is configured to determine a first target beam, the first target beam is the beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is the one between the communication device 1000 and the third device. The time-frequency resource used in the time transmission. The transceiver unit 1020 is configured to send first beam indication information to the first device, and the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
可选地,第一目标波束对第三设备的干扰低于第一门限值,或者,第一目标波束对通信装置1000的干扰低于第二门限值。Optionally, the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than the first threshold, or the interference of the first target beam to the communication device 1000 is lower than the second threshold.
可选地,该处理单元1010还用于确定第二目标波束,第二目标波束为通信装置1000在目标传输资源上向第三设备发送时使用的波束,或者,第二目标波束为第三设备在目标传输资源上向通信装置1000发送时使用的波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is further configured to determine a second target beam, where the second target beam is a beam used by the communication device 1000 when transmitting to the third device on the target transmission resource, or the second target beam is the third device The beam used when transmitting to the communication device 1000 on the target transmission resource.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于接收第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告,以确定 第一目标波束。其中,第一波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的,第二波束测量报告为第三设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report to determine the first target beam. The first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device, and the second beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,处理单元1010具体用于:根据第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告,确定第一目标波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
可选地,第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,第二波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。以及,第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。Optionally, the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. And, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information The indicated non-interference beam; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information The indicated unusable beam belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,向第一设备发送第一指示信息,并向第二设备和第三设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源,第一测量信号的发送资源用于第一设备发送第一测量信号,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于第二设备和第三设备对第一设备发送的第一测量信号进行测量。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device and the third device. The first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device and the third device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,接收第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告,以确定第二目标波束。其中,第三波束测量报告为第三设备通过测量通信装置1000发送的第二测量信号确定的,第四波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量通信装置1000发送的第二测量信号确定的。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report to determine the second target beam. The third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the communication device 1000, and the fourth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the communication device 1000.
可选地,处理单元1010具体用于:根据第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告,确定第二目标波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
可选地,第三波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,第四波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。以及,第二目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第二目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,第二目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第二目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。Optionally, the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. And, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information The indicated non-interference beam; or, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information The indicated unusable beam belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,接收第一波束测量报告和第一定位信息,以确定第一目标波束。其中,第一波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的,第一定位信息为第二设备的位置信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the first beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the first target beam. The first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device, and the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
可选地,处理单元1010具体用于:根据第一波束测量报告、第一定位信息以及第三设备的位置信息,确定第一目标波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the position information of the third device.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,向第一设备发送第一指示信息,并向第二设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源,第一测量信号的发送资源用于第一设备发送第一测量信号,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于第二设备对第一设备发送的第一测量信号进行测量。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device. The first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,接收第三波束测量报告和第一定位信息,以确定第 二目标波束。其中,第三波束测量报告为第三设备通过测量通信装置1000发送的第二测量信号确定的,第一定位信息为第二设备的位置信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the third beam measurement report and the first positioning information to determine the second target beam. The third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal sent by the communication device 1000, and the first positioning information is the location information of the second device.
可选地,处理单元1010具体用于:根据第三波束测量报告、第一定位信息以及第三设备的位置信息,确定第二目标波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the position information of the third device.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,接收第一波束测量报告,以确定第一目标波束,其中,第一波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号确定的。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive the first beam measurement report to determine the first target beam, where the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,处理单元1010具体用于:根据第一波束测量报告和通信装置1000通过测量第一测量信号得到的测量结果,确定第一目标波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the measurement result obtained by the communication device 1000 by measuring the first measurement signal.
可选地,第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,通信装置1000通过测量第一测量信号得到的测量结果包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息。以及,第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束属于可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,第一目标波束不属于不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。Optionally, the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the measurement result obtained by the communication device 1000 by measuring the first measurement signal includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information. And, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information and belongs to the non-interference beam information The indicated non-interference beam; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or, the first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam information The indicated unusable beam belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,向第一设备发送第一指示信息,向第二设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源,第一测量信号的发送资源用于第一设备发送第一测量信号,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的检测资源,第一测量信号的检测资源用于第二设备测量第一设备发送的第一测量信号。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device. The first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal. The detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal sent by the first device.
可选地,收发单元1020还用于,接收第二设备发送的第五波束测量报告,以确定第二目标波束,第五波束测量报告为第二设备通过测量第三设备发送的第三测量信号确定的。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1020 is further configured to receive a fifth beam measurement report sent by the second device to determine the second target beam, and the fifth beam measurement report is the third measurement signal sent by the second device by measuring the third device definite.
可选地,处理单元1010具体用于:根据第五波束测量报告,以及通信装置1000通过测量第三测量信号确定的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,确定第二目标波束。Optionally, the processing unit 1010 is specifically configured to determine the second target beam according to the fifth beam measurement report and the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information determined by the communication device 1000 by measuring the third measurement signal.
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法实施例中的基站,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由基站执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现上述各方法实施例中的相应流程。应理解,各单元执行上述方法实施例中的相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 1000 may correspond to the base station in the foregoing method embodiment, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the base station in the foregoing method embodiment. In addition, the units in the communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the above-mentioned method embodiments. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the corresponding steps in the foregoing method embodiment has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1020可以为输入/输出接口。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip configured in a network device, the transceiver unit 1020 in the communication device 1000 may be an input/output interface.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的D2D发端UE。In another possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the D2D originating UE in the above method embodiment.
在又一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的D2D收端UE。In another possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the D2D receiving UE in the above method embodiment.
在再一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的蜂窝UE。In yet another possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the cellular UE in the above method embodiment.
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法实施例中的UE(如D2D发端UE、D2D收端UE或蜂窝UE),该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由UE执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实 现上述各方法实施例中的相应流程。应理解,各单元执行上述方法实施例中的相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 1000 may correspond to the UE in the foregoing method embodiment (such as a D2D originating UE, a D2D receiving UE, or a cellular UE), and the communication device 1000 may include a method for executing the method performed by the UE in the foregoing method embodiment. The unit of the method. In addition, the units in the communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are used to implement the corresponding processes in the above-mentioned method embodiments, respectively. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the corresponding steps in the foregoing method embodiment has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图17所示,该网络设备可实现上述方法实施例中基站的功能。网络设备1100可包括一个或多个DU 1101和一个或多个CU 1102。CU1102可以与下一代核心网(NG core,NC)通信。所述DU 1101可以包括至少一个天线11011,至少一个射频单元11012,至少一个处理器11013和至少一个存储器11014。所述DU 1101部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,以及部分基带处理。CU1102可以包括至少一个处理器11022和至少一个存储器11021。CU1102和DU1101之间可以通过接口进行通信,其中,控制面(control plane)接口可以为Fs-C,比如F1-C,用户面(user plane)接口可以为Fs-U,比如F1-U。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, it may be a schematic structural diagram of a base station. As shown in FIG. 17, the network device can implement the function of the base station in the foregoing method embodiment. The network device 1100 may include one or more DU 1101 and one or more CU 1102. The CU1102 can communicate with the next-generation core network (NG core, NC). The DU 1101 may include at least one antenna 11011, at least one radio frequency unit 11012, at least one processor 11013, and at least one memory 11014. The DU 1101 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing. The CU1102 may include at least one processor 11022 and at least one memory 11021. CU1102 and DU1101 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plane interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plane interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
所述CU 1102部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述DU 1101与CU 1102可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。所述CU 1102为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能。例如所述CU 1102可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于基站的操作流程。The CU 1102 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The DU 1101 and the CU 1102 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station. The CU 1102 is the control center of the base station, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete the baseband processing function. For example, the CU 1102 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
具体的,CU和DU上的基带处理可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和介质接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层等中的一个或多个协议层的功能设置在DU。又例如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)、MAC和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。Specifically, the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP, For example, the functions of one or more protocol layers in the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer are set in the DU. For another example, CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions, and DU implements radio link control (radio link control, RLC), MAC, and physical functions. The function of the (physical, PHY) layer.
此外,可选的,网络设备1100可以包括一个或多个射频单元(RU),一个或多个DU和一个或多个CU。其中,DU可以包括至少一个处理器11013和至少一个存储器11014,RU可以包括至少一个天线11011和至少一个射频单元11012,CU可以包括至少一个处理器11022和至少一个存储器11021。In addition, optionally, the network device 1100 may include one or more radio frequency units (RU), one or more DUs, and one or more CUs. The DU may include at least one processor 11013 and at least one memory 11014, the RU may include at least one antenna 11011 and at least one radio frequency unit 11012, and the CU may include at least one processor 11022 and at least one memory 11021.
在一个实例中,所述CU1102可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器11021和处理器11022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。所述DU1101可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器11014和处理器11013可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the CU1102 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, or may respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards. Access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The memory 11021 and the processor 11022 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board. The DU1101 can be composed of one or more single boards. Multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), and can also support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as a 5G network). LTE network, 5G network or other network). The memory 11014 and the processor 11013 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
图18是本申请实施例提供的终端设备1200的结构示意图。该终端设备1200可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中UE(如蜂窝UE、D2D收端UE或D2D发端UE)的功能。如图18所示,该终端设备1200包括处理器1210和收发器1220。可 选地,该终端设备1200还包括存储器1230。其中,处理器1210、收发器1220和存储器1230之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器1230用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1210用于从该存储器1230中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1220收发信号。可选地,终端设备1200还可以包括天线1240,用于将收发器1220输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 1200 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the UE (such as a cellular UE, a D2D receiving UE, or a D2D sending UE) in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 18, the terminal device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and a transceiver 1220. Optionally, the terminal device 1200 further includes a memory 1230. Among them, the processor 1210, the transceiver 1220, and the memory 1230 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and/or data signals. The memory 1230 is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1210 is used to download from the memory 1230. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 1220 to send and receive signals. Optionally, the terminal device 1200 may further include an antenna 1240 for transmitting uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1220 through a wireless signal.
上述处理器1210可以和存储器1230可以合成一个处理装置,处理器1210用于执行存储器1230中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器1230也可以集成在处理器1210中,或者独立于处理器1210。该处理器1210可以与图16中的处理单元对应。The foregoing processor 1210 and the memory 1230 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 1210 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 1230 to implement the foregoing functions. During specific implementation, the memory 1230 may also be integrated in the processor 1210 or independent of the processor 1210. The processor 1210 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 16.
上述收发器1220可以与图16中的收发单元对应,也可以称为收发单元。收发器1220可以包括接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)和发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。其中,接收器用于接收信号,发射器用于发射信号。The aforementioned transceiver 1220 may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 16, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit. The transceiver 1220 may include a receiver (or called a receiver, a receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or called a transmitter, a transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used to receive signals, and the transmitter is used to transmit signals.
应理解,图18所示的终端设备1200能够实现上述方法实施例中涉及UE的各个过程。终端设备1200中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 18 can implement various processes involving the UE in the foregoing method embodiments. The operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 1200 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
上述处理器1210可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由UE内部实现的动作,而收发器1220可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的UE向基站发送或从基站接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned processor 1210 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that are implemented internally by the UE, and the transceiver 1220 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that the UE sends to or receives from the base station. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,上述终端设备1200还可以包括电源1250,用于给终端设备中的各种器件或电路提供电源。Optionally, the aforementioned terminal device 1200 may further include a power supply 1250 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
除此之外,为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善,该终端设备1200还可以包括输入单元1260、显示单元1270、音频电路1280、摄像头1290和传感器1310等中的一个或多个,所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器1282、麦克风1284等中的一个或多个。In addition, in order to make the function of the terminal device more complete, the terminal device 1200 may also include one or more of an input unit 1260, a display unit 1270, an audio circuit 1280, a camera 1290, and a sensor 1310. The audio circuit One or more of a speaker 1282, a microphone 1284, and the like may also be included.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the aforementioned processing device may be one or more chips. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。 在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the function of any of the foregoing method embodiments is realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, realizes the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程 构成任何限定。It should be understood that the “embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, the various embodiments throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
还应理解,在本申请中,“当…时”、“若”以及“如果”均指在某种客观情况下UE或者基站会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求UE或基站实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It should also be understood that in this application, "when", "if" and "if" all mean that the UE or the base station will make corresponding processing under certain objective circumstances, and it is not a time limit, and the UE is not required Or, when the base station is implemented, there must be a judgment action, which does not mean that there are other restrictions.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。In addition, the terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
本文中术语“……中的至少一个”或“……中的至少一种”,表示所列出的各项的全部或任意组合,例如,“A、B和C中的至少一种”,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C,同时存在A和B,同时存在B和C,同时存在A、B和C这六种情况。The term "at least one of..." or "at least one of..." as used herein means all or any combination of the listed items, for example, "at least one of A, B and C", It can be expressed that: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B and C exist at the same time, and there are six situations of A, B and C at the same time.
应理解,在本申请各实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (30)
- 一种通信方法,由网络设备执行,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, executed by a network device, characterized in that it includes:确定第一目标波束,所述第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,所述目标传输资源为所述网络设备与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源;Determine the first target beam, the first target beam is the beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is used when transmitting between the network device and the third device Time-frequency resources;向所述第一设备发送第一波束指示信息,所述第一波束指示信息用于指示所述第一目标波束。Sending first beam indication information to the first device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
- 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标波束对所述第三设备的干扰低于第一门限值,或者,所述第一目标波束对所述网络设备的干扰低于第二门限值。The method according to claim 1, wherein the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than a first threshold, or the interference of the first target beam to the network device Below the second threshold.
- 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:确定第二目标波束,所述第二目标波束为所述网络设备在所述目标传输资源上向所述第三设备发送时使用的波束,或者,所述第二目标波束为所述第三设备在所述目标传输资源上向所述网络设备发送时使用的波束。Determine a second target beam, where the second target beam is a beam used by the network device when transmitting to the third device on the target transmission resource, or the second target beam is the third device The beam used when transmitting to the network device on the target transmission resource.
- 如权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定第一目标波束之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that, before determining the first target beam, the method further comprises:接收第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告,以确定所述第一目标波束,Receiving a first beam measurement report and a second beam measurement report to determine the first target beam,其中,所述第一波束测量报告为所述第二设备通过测量来自所述第一设备的第一测量信号确定的,所述第二波束测量报告为所述第三设备通过测量来自所述第一设备的所述第一测量信号确定的。Wherein, the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal from the first device, and the second beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the first measurement signal from the first device. Is determined by the first measurement signal of a device.
- 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第一目标波束,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the determining the first target beam comprises:根据所述第一波束测量报告和所述第二波束测量报告,确定所述第一目标波束。Determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report.
- 如权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,所述第二波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息;以及,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the second beam measurement report includes interference beam information and /Or non-interfering beam information; and,所述第一目标波束属于所述可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于所述干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,The first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or,所述第一目标波束属于所述可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于所述非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,The first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information; or,所述第一目标波束不属于所述不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于所述干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,The first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or,所述第一目标波束不属于所述不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于所述非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。The first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- 如权利要求4至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收第一波束测量报告和第二波束测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, characterized in that, before receiving the first beam measurement report and the second beam measurement report, the method further comprises:向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息,并向所述第二设备和所述第三设备发送第二指示信息,Sending first indication information to the first device, and sending second indication information to the second device and the third device,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一测量信号的发送资源,所述第一测量信号 的发送资源用于所述第一设备发送所述第一测量信号,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一测量信号的检测资源,所述第一测量信号的检测资源用于所述第二设备和所述第三设备对来自所述第一设备的所述第一测量信号进行测量。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication The information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal, and the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device and the third device to compare the first measurement signal from the first device Take measurements.
- 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定第二目标波束之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that, before determining the second target beam, the method further comprises:接收第三波束测量报告和第四波束测量报告,以确定所述第二目标波束,Receiving a third beam measurement report and a fourth beam measurement report to determine the second target beam,其中,所述第三波束测量报告为所述第三设备通过测量来自所述网络设备的第二测量信号确定的,所述第四波束测量报告为所述第二设备通过测量来自所述网络设备的所述第二测量信号确定的。Wherein, the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal from the network device, and the fourth beam measurement report is determined by the second device from the network device by measuring Is determined by the second measurement signal.
- 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第二目标波束,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the determining the second target beam comprises:根据所述第三波束测量报告和所述第四波束测量报告,确定所述第二目标波束。Determine the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report and the fourth beam measurement report.
- 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,所述第四波束测量报告包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息;以及,The method according to claim 9, wherein the third beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and the fourth beam measurement report includes interference beam information and/or non-interference beam information ;as well as,所述第二目标波束属于所述可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于所述干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,The second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or,所述第二目标波束属于所述可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于所述非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,The second target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information; or,所述第二目标波束不属于所述不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于所述干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,The second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or,所述第二目标波束不属于所述不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于所述非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。The second target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- 如权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述确定第一目标波束之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that, before the determining the first target beam, the method further comprises:接收第一波束测量报告和第一定位信息,以确定所述第一目标波束,其中,所述第一波束测量报告为所述第二设备通过测量来自所述第一设备的第一测量信号确定的,所述第一定位信息为所述第二设备的位置信息。Receive a first beam measurement report and first positioning information to determine the first target beam, where the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal from the first device Yes, the first positioning information is location information of the second device.
- 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第一目标波束,包括:The method of claim 11, wherein the determining the first target beam comprises:根据所述第一波束测量报告、所述第一定位信息以及所述第三设备的位置信息,确定所述第一目标波束。Determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the location information of the third device.
- 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收第一波束测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that, before the receiving the first beam measurement report, the method further comprises:向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息,并向所述第二设备发送第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一测量信号的发送资源,所述第一测量信号的发送资源用于所述第一设备发送所述第一测量信号,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一测量信号的检测资源,所述第一测量信号的检测资源用于所述第二设备对来自所述第一设备的所述第一测量信号进行测量。Send first indication information to the first device, and send second indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, and the first The transmission resource of the measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, the second indication information is used for indicating the detection resource of the first measurement signal, and the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used for The second device measures the first measurement signal from the first device.
- 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述确定第二目标波束之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that, before the determining the second target beam, the method further comprises:接收第三波束测量报告和第一定位信息,以确定所述第二目标波束,其中,所述第三波束测量报告为所述第三设备通过测量来自所述网络设备的第二测量信号确定的,所述第一定位信息为所述第二设备的位置信息。A third beam measurement report and first positioning information are received to determine the second target beam, where the third beam measurement report is determined by the third device by measuring the second measurement signal from the network device , The first positioning information is location information of the second device.
- 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第二目标波束,包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the determining the second target beam comprises:根据所述第三波束测量报告、所述第一定位信息以及所述第三设备的位置信息,确定所述第二目标波束。Determine the second target beam according to the third beam measurement report, the first positioning information, and the location information of the third device.
- 如权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述确定第一目标波束之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that, before the determining the first target beam, the method further comprises:接收第一波束测量报告,以确定所述第一目标波束,其中,所述第一波束测量报告为所述第二设备通过测量来自所述第一设备的第一测量信号确定的。A first beam measurement report is received to determine the first target beam, where the first beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the first measurement signal from the first device.
- 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第一目标波束,包括:The method of claim 16, wherein the determining the first target beam comprises:根据所述第一波束测量报告和通过测量所述第一测量信号得到的测量结果,确定所述第一目标波束。Determine the first target beam according to the first beam measurement report and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first measurement signal.
- 如权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束测量报告包括可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,所述网络设备通过测量所述第一测量信号得到的测量结果包括干扰波束信息和/或非干扰波束信息;以及,The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the first beam measurement report includes available beam information and/or unavailable beam information, and a measurement result obtained by the network device by measuring the first measurement signal Including interfering beam information and/or non-interfering beam information; and,所述第一目标波束属于所述可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且不属于所述干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,The first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or,所述第一目标波束属于所述可用波束信息所指示的可用波束,且属于所述非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束;或者,The first target beam belongs to the available beam indicated by the available beam information, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information; or,所述第一目标波束不属于所述不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且不属于所述干扰波束信息所指示的干扰波束;或者,The first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and does not belong to the interference beam indicated by the interference beam information; or,所述第一目标波束不属于所述不可用波束信息所指示的不可用波束,且属于所述非干扰波束信息所指示的非干扰波束。The first target beam does not belong to the unavailable beam indicated by the unavailable beam information, and belongs to the non-interfering beam indicated by the non-interfering beam information.
- 如权利要求16至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收第一波束测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that, before the receiving the first beam measurement report, the method further comprises:向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息,向所述第二设备发送第二指示信息,Sending first indication information to the first device, and sending second indication information to the second device,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一测量信号的发送资源,所述第一测量信号的发送资源用于所述第一设备发送所述第一测量信号,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一测量信号的检测资源,所述第一测量信号的检测资源用于所述第二设备测量来自所述第一设备的所述第一测量信号。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the first measurement signal, the transmission resource of the first measurement signal is used for the first device to send the first measurement signal, and the second indication The information is used to indicate the detection resource of the first measurement signal, and the detection resource of the first measurement signal is used by the second device to measure the first measurement signal from the first device.
- 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述确定第二目标波束之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that, before the determining the second target beam, the method further comprises:接收来自所述第二设备的第五波束测量报告,以确定所述第二目标波束,所述第五波束测量报告为所述第二设备通过测量来自所述第三设备的第三测量信号确定的。Receive a fifth beam measurement report from the second device to determine the second target beam, where the fifth beam measurement report is determined by the second device by measuring the third measurement signal from the third device of.
- 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第二目标波束,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the determining the second target beam comprises:根据所述第五波束测量报告,以及通过测量所述第三测量信号确定的可用波束信息和/或不可用波束信息,确定所述第二目标波束。The second target beam is determined according to the fifth beam measurement report and the available beam information and/or unavailable beam information determined by measuring the third measurement signal.
- 一种通信方法,由第一设备执行,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, executed by a first device, characterized in that it includes:接收来自网络设备的第一波束指示信息,所述第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,所述第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,所述目标传输资源为所述网络设备与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源。Receive first beam indication information from a network device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate a first target beam, and the first target beam is a beam used by the first device when transmitting to the second device on the target transmission resource , The target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used during transmission between the network device and a third device.
- 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 22, further comprising:通过所述第一目标波束,向第三设备发送信号。Send a signal to the third device through the first target beam.
- 如权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标波束对所述第三设备的干扰低于第一门限值,或者,所述第一目标波束对所述网络设备的干扰低于第二门限值。The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the interference of the first target beam to the third device is lower than a first threshold, or the first target beam affects the network device The interference is lower than the second threshold.
- 如权利要求22至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, further comprising:接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一测量信号的发送资源;Receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the first measurement signal;在所述第一测量信号的发送资源上发送所述第一测量信号。Sending the first measurement signal on the sending resource of the first measurement signal.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:处理单元,用于确定第一目标波束,所述第一目标波束为第一设备在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,所述目标传输资源为所述装置与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源;The processing unit is configured to determine a first target beam, where the first target beam is a beam used by the first device when transmitting to a second device on a target transmission resource, and the target transmission resource is the difference between the device and the third device Time-frequency resources used during inter-transmission;收发单元,用于向所述第一设备发送第一波束指示信息,所述第一波束指示信息用于指示所述第一目标波束。The transceiver unit is configured to send first beam indication information to the first device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate the first target beam.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一波束指示信息,所述第一波束指示信息用于指示第一目标波束,所述第一目标波束为所述装置在目标传输资源上向第二设备发送时使用的波束,所述目标传输资源为所述网络设备与第三设备之间传输时使用的时频资源。The transceiving unit is configured to receive first beam indication information from a network device, where the first beam indication information is used to indicate a first target beam, and the first target beam is for the device to transmit to the second device on the target transmission resource. A beam used during transmission, and the target transmission resource is a time-frequency resource used during transmission between the network device and a third device.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于执行如权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 25.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the device Perform the method according to any one of claims 1-25.
- 一种可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得如权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法被执行。A readable storage medium with a computer program or instruction stored thereon, wherein the computer program or instruction causes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 25 to be executed when the computer program or instruction is executed.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201910893934.5 | 2019-09-20 | ||
CN201910893934.5A CN112543443A (en) | 2019-09-20 | 2019-09-20 | Communication method and communication device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021052473A1 true WO2021052473A1 (en) | 2021-03-25 |
Family
ID=74884315
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/116251 WO2021052473A1 (en) | 2019-09-20 | 2020-09-18 | Communication method and communication apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN112543443A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021052473A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115225226A (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2022-10-21 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | S-PRS transmission method, terminal, device and storage medium |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2024523720A (en) * | 2021-07-09 | 2024-06-28 | ノキア テクノロジーズ オサケユイチア | Beam management for small data transmission |
CN115882920A (en) * | 2021-10-09 | 2023-03-31 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Beam determination method, apparatus and storage medium |
CN116234012A (en) * | 2021-12-02 | 2023-06-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
WO2023130307A1 (en) * | 2022-01-06 | 2023-07-13 | Apple Inc. | Inter radio access technology measurement without measurement gap |
CN118250704A (en) * | 2022-12-22 | 2024-06-25 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Communication method, device, related equipment and storage medium |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014171596A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for allocating resources in wireless communication system |
CN106303912A (en) * | 2015-05-29 | 2017-01-04 | 北京智谷睿拓技术服务有限公司 | Communication between devices control method and control device |
CN107689820A (en) * | 2016-08-03 | 2018-02-13 | 索尼公司 | Electronic equipment and server and wireless communications method in wireless communication system |
CN109845122A (en) * | 2016-10-21 | 2019-06-04 | 高通股份有限公司 | For the millimeter wavelength network including code book limitation used in beam forming procedure |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2617145A4 (en) * | 2010-09-14 | 2015-03-11 | Nokia Corp | Interference measurement and reporting for device-to-device communications in communication system |
CN103906249B (en) * | 2012-12-27 | 2018-04-17 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of frequency spectrum resource allocation method, system and access network equipment |
CN105830483B (en) * | 2014-09-23 | 2021-01-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Beam configuration method, base station and user equipment |
US10567064B2 (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2020-02-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Beam recovery for partial control channel failure |
CN110138526B (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2021-04-09 | 成都华为技术有限公司 | Method, device and system for configuring reference signal |
CN110149612B (en) * | 2018-02-11 | 2021-07-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Beam determination method, first communication device and second communication device |
-
2019
- 2019-09-20 CN CN201910893934.5A patent/CN112543443A/en active Pending
-
2020
- 2020-09-18 WO PCT/CN2020/116251 patent/WO2021052473A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014171596A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for allocating resources in wireless communication system |
CN106303912A (en) * | 2015-05-29 | 2017-01-04 | 北京智谷睿拓技术服务有限公司 | Communication between devices control method and control device |
CN107689820A (en) * | 2016-08-03 | 2018-02-13 | 索尼公司 | Electronic equipment and server and wireless communications method in wireless communication system |
CN109845122A (en) * | 2016-10-21 | 2019-06-04 | 高通股份有限公司 | For the millimeter wavelength network including code book limitation used in beam forming procedure |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Impact of D2D on cellular", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-141597, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Shenzhen, China; 20140331 - 20140404, 30 March 2014 (2014-03-30), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP050787264 * |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115225226A (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2022-10-21 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | S-PRS transmission method, terminal, device and storage medium |
CN115225226B (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2024-04-02 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | S-PRS (S-PRS) sending method, terminal, device and storage medium |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN112543443A (en) | 2021-03-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11588601B2 (en) | System and method for control signaling | |
WO2021052473A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
US10951332B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) communication using quasi-co-location | |
US11323222B2 (en) | Communication method, and apparatus | |
WO2018126794A1 (en) | Resource indication method, device and system | |
US11848719B2 (en) | Method for reporting measurement result of interference measurement and apparatus | |
US10368325B2 (en) | System and method for beam adaptation in a beam-based communications system | |
WO2021031812A1 (en) | Method for indicating antenna panel state, and device | |
US20220394504A1 (en) | Beam pair training method and communication apparatus | |
US20190021079A1 (en) | System and Method for Supporting Beamformed Sounding Reference Signals | |
CN111586858A (en) | Signal transmission method and communication device | |
WO2018202137A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
US20210218442A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus, network device, terminal device, and system | |
CN111512685A (en) | Channel state information measuring method, device and computer storage medium | |
WO2021159413A1 (en) | Downlink transmission method and terminal device | |
WO2021013138A1 (en) | Wireless network communication method and communication device | |
WO2023231823A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
WO2024093646A1 (en) | Resource configuration method and apparatus | |
WO2024093638A1 (en) | Information processing method and apparatus | |
WO2024093867A1 (en) | Precoding indication method, and communication apparatus | |
WO2023040610A1 (en) | Channel state parameter transmission method and communication device | |
WO2023029942A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for measuring interference | |
WO2024031290A1 (en) | Information transceiving method and apparatus | |
WO2020057284A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for determining channel state information | |
CN118785276A (en) | Communication method and communication device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20866829 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20866829 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |